# # Translators: # Andreas Jaeger , 2014 # codegin, 2014 # François Bureau, 2014 # Frédéric , 2014 # Frédéric , 2014 # Nicolas Lamirault , 2013 # Nicolas Lamirault , 2013 # Kamel_CW , 2014 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: OpenStack Manuals\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-03-14 08:40+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-03-13 09:51+0000\n" "Last-Translator: openstackjenkins \n" "Language-Team: French (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/openstack-manuals-i18n/language/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Language: fr\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_reboot.xml7(title) msgid "Reboot an instance" msgstr "Redémarrer une instance" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_reboot.xml9(para) msgid "" "You can soft or hard reboot a running instance. A soft reboot attempts a " "graceful shut down and restart of the instance. A hard reboot power cycles " "the instance." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_reboot.xml13(para) msgid "By default, when you reboot an instance, it is a soft reboot." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_reboot.xml14(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_reboot.xml17(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_reboot.xml38(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_reboot.xml42(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_reboot.xml48(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml176(replaceable) msgid "SERVER" msgstr "SERVEUR" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_reboot.xml16(para) msgid "" "To perform a hard reboot, pass the --hard parameter, " "as follows:" msgstr "Pour réaliser un redémarrage matériel, passer le paramètre --hard, comme cela :" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_reboot.xml19(para) msgid "" "It is also possible to reboot a running instance into rescue mode. This " "operation may be required, if a filesystem of an instance becomes corrupted " "with a prolonged usage, for example." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_reboot.xml25(para) msgid "" "Pause, suspend, and stop operations are not allowed when an instance is " "running in rescue mode, as triggering these actions causes the loss of the " "original instance state and makes it impossible to unrescue the instance." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_reboot.xml31(para) msgid "" "Rescue mode provides a mechanism for access, even if an image renders the " "instance inaccessible. By default, it starts an instance from the initial " "image attaching the current boot disk as a secondary one." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_reboot.xml36(para) msgid "" "To perform an instance reboot into rescue mode, run the following command:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_reboot.xml40(para) msgid "" "To restart the instance from the normal boot disk, run the following " "command:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_reboot.xml44(para) msgid "" "If you want to rescue an instance with a specific image, rather than the " "default one, use the --rescue_image_ref parameter, as" " follows:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_reboot.xml48(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml187(replaceable) msgid "IMAGE_ID" msgstr "IMAGE_ID" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml7(title) msgid "Launch instances" msgstr "Lancer les instances" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml8(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml8(para) msgid "Instances are virtual machines that run inside the cloud." msgstr "Les instances sont des machines virtuelles individuelles qui tournent dans le cloud." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml10(para) msgid "Before you can launch an instance, gather the following parameters:" msgstr "Avant de lancer une instance, ramassez les paramètres suivants:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml14(para) msgid "" "The instance source can be an image, " "snapshot, or block storage volume that contains an image or snapshot." msgstr "Une instance source peut être une image, un instantané ou une volume de stockage par bloc qui contient une image ou instantané." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml19(para) msgid "A name for your instance." msgstr "Un name pour votre instance." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml22(para) msgid "" "The flavor for your instance, which " "defines the compute, memory, and storage capacity of nova computing " "instances. A flavor is an available hardware configuration for a server. It " "defines the size of a virtual server that can be launched." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml30(para) msgid "" "Any user data files. A user data file is " "a special key in the metadata service that holds a file that cloud-aware " "applications in the guest instance can access. For example, one application " "that uses user data is the cloud-init " "system, which is an open-source package from Ubuntu that is available on " "various Linux distributions and that handles early initialization of a cloud" " instance." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml43(para) msgid "" "Access and security credentials, which include one or both of the following " "credentials:" msgstr "Certificats d'accès et de sécurité, qui incluent un ou plusieurs des certificats suivants :" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml47(para) msgid "" "A key pair for your instance, which are " "SSH credentials that are injected into images when they are launched. For " "the key pair to be successfully injected, the image must contain the " "cloud-init package. Create at least one key pair for each" " project. If you already have generated a key pair with an external tool, " "you can import it into OpenStack. You can use the key pair for multiple " "instances that belong to that project." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml61(para) msgid "" "A security group that defines which " "incoming network traffic is forwarded to instances. Security groups hold a " "set of firewall policies, known as security group " "rules." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml72(para) msgid "" "If needed, you can assign a floating (public) IP " "address to a running instance." msgstr "Si besoin, vous pouvez assigner une floating (public) IP address à une instance en cours d'exécution." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml77(para) msgid "" "You can also attach a block storage device, or volume, for persistent storage." msgstr "Vous pouvez aussi attacher un périphérique de stockage par bloc, ou volume, pour un stockage persistant." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml83(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml62(para) msgid "" "Instances that use the default security group cannot, by default, be " "accessed from any IP address outside of the cloud. If you want those IP " "addresses to access the instances, you must modify the rules for the default" " security group." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml88(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml66(para) msgid "" "You can also assign a floating IP address to a running instance to make it " "accessible from outside the cloud. See ." msgstr "Vous pouvez aussi attribuer une adresse IP flottante à une instance en cours d'exécution pour la rendre accessible depuis l'extérieur du cloud. Voir ." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml92(para) msgid "" "After you gather the parameters that you need to launch an instance, you can" " launch it from an image or a " "volume. You can launch an instance" " directly from one of the available OpenStack images or from an image that " "you have copied to a persistent volume. The OpenStack Image Service provides" " a pool of images that are accessible to members of different projects." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml102(title) msgid "Gather parameters to launch an instance" msgstr "Pour lancer une instance, ramassez les paramètres" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml104(para) msgid "Before you begin, source the OpenStack RC file." msgstr "Avant de commencer, lire et exécuter les commandes du fichier OpenStack RC." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml107(para) msgid "List the available flavors:" msgstr "Listez les types d'instances disponibles:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml109(para) msgid "Note the ID of the flavor that you want to use for your instance:" msgstr "Noter l'ID du type d'instance que vous voulez utiliser pour votre instance :" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml122(para) msgid "List the available images:" msgstr "Lister les images disponibles:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml124(para) msgid "Note the ID of the image from which you want to boot your instance:" msgstr "Noter l'ID de l'image à partir de laquelle vous voulez démarrer votre instance :" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml132(para) msgid "" "You can also filter the image list by using to find a " "specific image, as follows:" msgstr "Vous pouvez aussi filtrer la liste des images en utilisant pour trouver une image particulière, comme suit :" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml139(para) msgid "List the available security groups:" msgstr "Listez les groupes de sécurité disponibles:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml141(para) msgid "" "If you are an admin user, specify the --all-tenants " "parameter to list groups for all tenants." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml146(para) msgid "" "Note the ID of the security group that you want to use for your instance:" msgstr "Noter l'ID du groupe de sécurité que vous voulez utiliser pour votre instance :" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml152(para) msgid "" "If you have not created any security groups, you can assign the instance to " "only the default security group." msgstr "Si vous n'avez pas créer de groupe de sécurité, vous ne pourrez qu'assigner l'instance au groupe de sécurité par défaut." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml155(para) msgid "You can view rules for a specified security group:" msgstr "Vous pouvez voir les règles pour un groupe de sécurité spécifique :" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml160(para) msgid "" "List the available key pairs and note the name of the key pair that you use " "for SSH access." msgstr "Lister les paires de clefs disponibles et noter le nom de la paire de clef que vous utilisez pour un accès SSH." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml169(title) msgid "Launch an instance from an image" msgstr "Lancer une instance depuis une image" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml172(para) msgid "" "After you gather required parameters, run the following command to launch an" " instance. Specify the server name, flavor ID, and image ID." msgstr "Après avoir réunis les paramètres requis, exécuter la commande suivante pour lancer une instance. Spécifier le nom du serveur, l'ID du type d'instance et l'ID de l'image." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml175(para) msgid "" "Optionally, you can provide a key name for access control and a security " "group for security. You can also include metadata key and value pairs. For " "example, you can add a description for your server by providing the " "--meta description=\"My Server\" parameter." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml182(para) msgid "" "You can pass user data in a local file at instance launch by using the " "--user-data USER-DATA-FILE" " parameter." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml187(replaceable) msgid "FLAVOR_ID" msgstr "FLAVOR_ID" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml187(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml77(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml99(replaceable) msgid "KEY_NAME" msgstr "KEY_NAME" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml188(replaceable) msgid "USER_DATA_FILE" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml188(replaceable) msgid "SEC_GROUP_NAME" msgstr "SEC_GROUP_NAME" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml188(replaceable) msgid "KEY=VALUE" msgstr "KEY=VALUE" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml189(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml167(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml15(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml19(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml39(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml44(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_get_console.xml30(replaceable) msgid "INSTANCE_NAME" msgstr "NOM_INSTANCE" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml192(para) msgid "" "If you boot an instance with an INSTANCE_NAME " "greater than 63 characters, Compute truncates it automatically when turning " "it into a hostname to ensure the correct work of dnsmasq." " The corresponding warning is written into the nova-" "network.log file." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml199(para) msgid "" "The following command launches the MyCirrosServer " "instance with the m1.small flavor (ID of " "1), cirros-0.3.2-x86_64-uec image (ID " "of 397e713c-b95b-4186-ad46-6126863ea0a9), " "default security group, KeyPair01 key," " and a user data file called cloudinit.file:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml212(replaceable) msgid "myCirrosServer" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml213(para) msgid "" "Depending on the parameters that you provide, the command returns a list of " "server properties." msgstr "Suivant les paramètres que vous fournissez, la commande retourne une liste de propriétés du serveur." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml216(para) msgid "" "A status of BUILD indicates that the instance has " "started, but is not yet online." msgstr "L'état BUILD indique que l'instance a demarré, mais qu'elle n'est pas en ligne." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml219(para) msgid "" "A status of ACTIVE indicates that the instance is active." msgstr "L'état ACTIVE indique que l'instance est active." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml251(para) msgid "" "Copy the server ID value from the id field in the output." " You use this ID to get details for or delete your server." msgstr "Copier la valeur de 'ID du serveur depuis le champ id dans la sortie. Vous utilisez cette ID pour obtenir des détails ou supprimer votre serveur." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml255(para) msgid "" "Copy the administrative password value from the adminPass" " field. You use this value to log in to your server." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml259(para) msgid "" "You can also place arbitrary local files into the instance file system at " "creation time by using the --file <dst-path=src-" "path> option. You can store up to five files. For example, if" " you have a special authorized keys file named " "special_authorized_keysfile that you want to put on the" " instance rather than using the regular SSH key injection, you can use the " "--file option as shown in the following example:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml276(para) msgid "Check if the instance is online:" msgstr "Vérifier que l'instance est en ligne:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml278(para) msgid "" "The list shows the ID, name, status, and private (and if assigned, public) " "IP addresses for all instances in the project to which you belong:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml288(para) msgid "If the status for the instance is ACTIVE, the instance is online." msgstr "Si l'état de l'instance est actif, l'instance est en ligne." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml290(para) msgid "" "To view the available options for the command, run the " "following command:" msgstr "Pour voir les options disponibles pour la commande, exécutez la commande suivante: " #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_boot.xml297(para) msgid "" "If you did not provide a key pair, security groups, or rules, you can access" " the instance only from inside the cloud through VNC. Even pinging the " "instance is not possible." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-website.xml6(title) msgid "Create static website" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-website.xml7(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml8(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-expire-objects.xml8(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml9(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-bulk-delete.xml9(para) msgid "" "To discover whether your Object Storage system supports this feature, see " ". Alternatively, check with your service " "provider." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-website.xml10(para) msgid "" "You can use your Object Storage account to create a static website. This " "static website is created with staticweb middleware and serves container " "data with a specified index file, error file resolution, and optional file " "listings. This mode is normally active only for anonymous requests, which " "provide no authentication token. To use it with authenticated requests, set " "the header X-Web-Mode to TRUE on the " "request." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-website.xml18(para) msgid "" "The staticweb filter must be added to the pipeline in your " "/etc/swift/proxy-server.conf file below any " "authentication middleware. You must also add a staticweb middleware " "configuration section." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-website.xml22(para) msgid "" "For an example of the staticweb configuration syntax see the Cloud Administrator Guide." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-website.xml26(para) msgid "" "For a complete example of the /etc/swift/proxy-" "server.conf file (including staticweb), see the Cloud Administrator Guide." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-website.xml31(para) msgid "" "Your publicly readable containers are checked for two headers, X" "-Container-Meta-Web-Index and X-Container-Meta-Web-" "Error. The X-Container-Meta-Web-Error header is" " discussed below, in ." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-website.xml38(para) msgid "" "Use X-Container-Meta-Web-Index to determine the index " "file (or default page served, such as index.html) for " "your website. When someone initially enters your site, the " "index.html file displays automatically. If you create " "sub-directories for your site by creating pseudo-directories in your " "container, the index page for each sub-directory is displayed by default. If" " your pseudo-directory does not have a file with the same name as your index" " file, visits to the sub-directory return a 404 error." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-website.xml49(para) msgid "" "You also have the option of displaying a list of files in your pseudo-" "directory instead of a web page. To do this, set the X-Container-" "Meta-Web-Listings header to TRUE. You may add " "styles to your file listing by setting X-Container-Meta-Web-" "Listings-CSS: to a style sheet (for example, " "lists.css)." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-website.xml58(title) msgid "Static web middleware through Object Storage" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-website.xml60(title) msgid "Make container publicly readable" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-website.xml61(para) msgid "" "Make the container publicly readable. Once the container is publicly " "readable, you can access your objects directly, but you must set the index " "file to browse the main site URL and its sub-directories." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-website.xml69(title) msgid "Set site index file" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-website.xml70(para) msgid "" "Set the index file. In this case, index.html is the " "default file displayed when the site appears." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-website.xml76(title) msgid "Enable file listing" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-website.xml77(para) msgid "" "Turn on file listing. If you do not set the index file, the URL displays a " "list of the objects in the container. Instructions on styling the list with " "a CSS follow." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-website.xml84(title) msgid "Enable CSS for file listing" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-website.xml85(para) msgid "Style the file listing using a CSS." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-website.xml90(title) msgid "Set error pages for static website" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-website.xml91(para) msgid "" "You can create and set custom error pages for visitors to your website; " "currently, only 401 (Unauthorized) and 404 (Not Found) errors are supported." " To do this, set the metadata header, X-Container-Meta-Web-" "Error." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-website.xml96(para) msgid "" "Error pages are served with the <status> code pre-pended to the name " "of the error page you set. For instance, if you set X-Container-" "Meta-Web-Error to error.html, 401 errors will" " display the page 401error.html. Similarly, 404 errors " "will display 404error.html. You must have both of these" " pages created in your container when you set the X-Container-Meta-" "Web-Error metadata, or your site will display generic error pages." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-website.xml108(para) msgid "" "You only have to set the X-Container-Meta-Web-Error " "metadata once for your entire static website." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-website.xml112(title) msgid "Set error pages for static website request" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-website.xml115(para) msgid "Any 2nn response indicates success." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-cors-headers.xml6(title) msgid "Assign CORS headers to requests" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-cors-headers.xml7(para) msgid "" "Cross-Origin " "Resource Sharing (CORS) is a specification that defines how " "browsers and servers communicate across origins by using HTTP headers, such " "as those assigned by Object Storage API requests. The Object Storage API " "supports the following headers:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-cors-headers.xml15(para) msgid "Access-Control-Allow-Credentials" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-cors-headers.xml18(para) msgid "Access-Control-Allow-Methods" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-cors-headers.xml21(para) msgid "Access-Control-Allow-Origin" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-cors-headers.xml24(para) msgid "Access-Control-Expose-Headers" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-cors-headers.xml27(para) msgid "Access-Control-Max-Age" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-cors-headers.xml30(para) msgid "Access-Control-Request-Headers" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-cors-headers.xml33(para) msgid "Access-Control-Request-Method" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-cors-headers.xml36(para) msgid "Origin" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-cors-headers.xml39(para) msgid "" "You can only assign these headers to objects. For more information, see " "www.w3.org/TR/access-" "control/." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-cors-headers.xml44(title) msgid "Assign CORS header request: HTTP" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-cors-headers.xml45(para) msgid "" "This example assigns the file origin to the Origin " "header, which ensures that the file originated from a reputable source:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml7(title) msgid "Manage bare-metal nodes" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml8(para) msgid "" "The bare-metal driver for OpenStack Compute manages provisioning of physical" " hardware by using common cloud APIs and tools such as Orchestration (Heat)." " The use case for this driver is for single tenant clouds such as a high-" "performance computing cluster or for deploying OpenStack itself." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml12(para) msgid "" "If you use the bare-metal driver, you must create a network interface and " "add it to a bare-metal node. Then, you can launch an instance from a bare-" "metal image." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml15(para) msgid "" "Development efforts are focused on moving the driver out of the Compute code" " base in the Icehouse release." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml17(para) msgid "" "You can list and delete bare-metal nodes. When you delete a node, any " "associated network interfaces are removed. You can list and remove network " "interfaces that are associated with a bare-metal node." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml21(title) msgid "Commands" msgstr "Commandes" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml22(para) msgid "The following commands can be used to manage bare-metal nodes." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml24(para) msgid ". Adds a network interface to a bare-metal node." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml28(para) msgid "" ". Lists network interfaces associated with a bare-metal " "node." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml32(para) msgid ". Removes a network interface from a bare-metal node." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml36(para) msgid ". Creates a bare-metal node." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml40(para) msgid "" ". Removes a bare-metal node and any associated interfaces." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml44(para) msgid ". Lists available bare-metal nodes." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml48(para) msgid ". Shows information about a bare-metal node." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml53(title) msgid "Create a bare-metal node" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml54(para) msgid "" "When you create a bare-metal node, your PM address, user name, and password " "should match those that are configured in your hardware's BIOS/IPMI " "configuration." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml59(para) msgid "" "The following example shows the command and results from creating a node " "with the PM address 1.2.3.4, the PM user name " "ipmi, and password " "ipmi." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml81(title) msgid "Add a network interface to the node:" msgstr "Ajouter une interface réseau au nœud : " #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml82(para) msgid "" "For each NIC on the node, you must create an interface, specifying the " "interface's MAC address." msgstr "Pour chaque NIC sur le nœud, vous devez créer une interface, spécifiant l'interface de l'adresse MAC." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml94(title) msgid "Launch an instance from a bare-metal image:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml96(para) msgid "" "A bare-metal instance is an instance created directly on a physical machine " "without any virtualization layer running underneath it. Nova retains power " "control via IPMI. In some situations, Nova may retain network control via " "Neutron and OpenFlow." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml109(para) msgid "" "Set the --availability_zone parameter to specify " "which zone or node to use to start the server. Separate the zone from the " "host name with a comma. For example:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml112(replaceable) msgid "HOST" msgstr "HOST" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml112(replaceable) msgid "NODE" msgstr "NŒUD" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml113(para) msgid "" "host is optional for the " "--availability_zone parameter. You can specify simply " "zone:,node. You must still use the comma." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml120(title) msgid "List bare-metal nodes and interfaces:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml122(para) msgid "" "Use the command to view all bare-metal nodes and " "interfaces. When a node is in use, its status includes the UUID of the " "instance that runs on it:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml132(title) msgid "Show details for a bare-metal node:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_baremetal.xml133(para) msgid "" "Use the command to view the details for a bare-metal node." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-pseudo-hier-folders.xml4(title) msgid "Pseudo-hierarchical folders and directories" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-pseudo-hier-folders.xml5(para) msgid "" "Although you cannot nest directories in OpenStack Object Storage, you can " "simulate a hierarchical structure within a single container by adding " "forward slash characters (/) in the object name. To " "navigate the pseudo-directory structure, you can use the " "delimiter query parameter. This example shows you how to use " "pseudo-hierarchical folders and directories." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-pseudo-hier-folders.xml14(para) msgid "" "In this example, the objects reside in a container called " "backups. Within that container, the objects are organized in a " "pseudo-directory called photos. The container name is not " "displayed in the example, but it is a part of the object URLs. For instance," " the URL of the picture me.jpg is " "https://storage.swiftdrive.com/v1/CF_xer7_343/backups/photos/me.jpg." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-pseudo-hier-folders.xml24(title) msgid "List pseudo-hierarchical folders request: HTTP" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-pseudo-hier-folders.xml25(para) msgid "" "To display a list of all the objects in the storage container, use without a" " delimiter or prefix." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-pseudo-hier-folders.xml29(para) msgid "" "The system returns status code 2xx (between 200 and 299, inclusive) and the " "requested list of the objects." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-pseudo-hier-folders.xml39(para) msgid "" "Use the delimiter parameter to limit the displayed results. To use " "delimiter with pseudo-directories, you must use the parameter " "slash (/)." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-pseudo-hier-folders.xml43(para) msgid "" "The system returns status code 2xx (between 200 and 299, inclusive) and the " "requested matching objects. Because you use the slash, only the pseudo-" "directory photos/ displays. The returned values from a slash " "delimiter query are not real objects. They have a content-type " "of application/directory and are in the " "subdir section of JSON and XML results." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-pseudo-hier-folders.xml53(para) msgid "" "Use the prefix and delimiter parameters to view " "the objects inside a pseudo-directory, including further nested pseudo-" "directories." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-pseudo-hier-folders.xml57(para) msgid "" "The system returns status code 2xx (between 200 and 299, inclusive) and the " "objects and pseudo-directories within the top level pseudo-directory." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-pseudo-hier-folders.xml63(para) msgid "" "You can create an unlimited number of nested pseudo-directories. To navigate" " through them, use a longer prefix parameter coupled with the " "delimiter parameter. In this sample output, there is a pseudo-" "directory called dogs within the pseudo-directory " "animals. To navigate directly to the files contained within " "dogs, enter the following command:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-pseudo-hier-folders.xml73(para) msgid "" "The system returns status code 2xx (between 200 and 299, inclusive) and the " "objects and pseudo-directories within the nested pseudo-directory." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml7(title) msgid "Large objects" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml11(para) msgid "" "By default, the content of an object cannot be greater than 5GB. However, " "you can use a number of smaller objects to construct a large object. The " "large object is comprised of two types of objects:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml17(para) msgid "" "Segment objects store the object content." " You can divide your content into segments, and upload each segment into its" " own segment object. Segment objects do not have any special features. You " "create, update, download, and delete segment objects just as you would " "normal objects." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml26(para) msgid "" "A manifest object links the segment " "objects into one logical large object. When you download a manifest object, " "Object Storage concatenates and returns the contents of the segment objects " "in the response body of the request. This behavior extends to the response " "headers returned by and requests. The Content-Length response header value " "is the total size of all segment objects. Object Storage calculates the ETag" " response header value by taking the ETag value of each segment, " "concatenating them together, and returning the MD5 checksum of the result. " "The manifest object types are:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml43(emphasis) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml85(title) msgid "Static large objects" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml46(para) msgid "" "The manifest object content is an ordered list of the names of the segment " "objects in JSON format. See ." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml54(emphasis) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml183(title) msgid "Dynamic large objects" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml57(para) msgid "" "The manifest object has no content but it has a X-Object-" "Manifest metadata header. The value of this header is " "{container}/{prefix}, where " "{container} is the name of the container where the " "segment objects are stored, and {prefix} is a string that" " all segment objects have in common. See ." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml77(para) msgid "" "If you make a request by using a manifest object as the source, the new " "object is a normal, and not a segment, object. If the total size of the " "source segment objects exceeds 5GB, the request fails. However, you can make" " a duplicate of the manifest object and this new object can be larger than " "5GB." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml86(para) msgid "" "To create a static large object, divide your content into pieces and create " "(upload) a segment object to contain each piece." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml89(para) msgid "" "You must record the ETag response header that the " "operation returns. Alternatively, you can calculate the MD5 checksum of the " "segment prior to uploading and include this in the ETag request header. This" " ensures that the upload cannot corrupt your data." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml95(para) msgid "" "List the name of each segment object along with its size and MD5 checksum in" " order." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml97(para) msgid "" "Create a manifest object. Include the ?multipart-" "manifest=put query string at the end of the manifest object name " "to indicate that this is a manifest object." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml101(para) msgid "" "The body of the request on the manifest object comprises a json list, where " "each element contains the following attributes:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml106(code) msgid "path" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml108(para) msgid "" "The container and object name in the format: {container-name}/{object-" "name}." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml113(code) msgid "etag" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml115(para) msgid "" "The MD5 checksum of the content of the segment object. This value must match" " the ETag of that object." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml122(code) msgid "size_bytes" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml124(para) msgid "" "The size of the segment object. This value must match the Content-" "Length of that object." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml132(title) msgid "Static large object manifest list" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml133(para) msgid "" "This example shows three segment objects. You can use several containers and" " the object names do not have to conform to a specific pattern, in contrast " "to dynamic large objects." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml139(para) msgid "" "The Content-Length request header must contain the length" " of the json contentnot the length of the segment objects. However, after " "the operation completes, the Content-Length metadata is set to the total " "length of all the object segments. A similar situation applies to the ETag. " "If used in the operation, it must contain the MD5 checksum of the json " "content. The ETag metadata value is then set to be the MD5 checksum of the " "concatenated ETag values of the object segments. You can also set the " "Content-Type request header and custom object metadata." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml152(para) msgid "" "When the operation sees the ?multipart-manifest=put query parameter, it " "reads the request body and verifies that each segment object exists and that" " the sizes and ETags match. If there is a mismatch, the operation fails." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml158(para) msgid "" "If everything matches, the manifest object is created. The X" "-Static-Large-Object metadata is set to true " "indicating that this is a static object manifest." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml162(para) msgid "" "Normally when you perform a operation on the manifest object, the response " "body contains the concatenated content of the segment objects. To download " "the manifest list, use the ?multipart-manifest=get query parameter. The " "resulting list is not formatted the same as the manifest you originally used" " in the operation." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml170(para) msgid "" "If you use the operation on a manifest object, the manifest object is " "deleted. The segment objects are not affected. However, if you add the " "?multipart-manifest=delete query parameter, the segment objects are deleted " "and if all are successfully deleted, the manifest object is also deleted." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml177(para) msgid "" "To change the manifest, use a operation with the ?multipart-manifest=put " "query parameter. This request creates a manifest object. You can also update" " the object metadata in the usual way." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml184(para) msgid "" "You must segment objects that are larger than 5GB before you can upload " "them. You then upload the segment objects like you would any other object " "and create a dynamic large manifest object. The manifest object tells Object" " Storage how to find the segment objects that comprise the large object. The" " segments remain individually addressable, but retrieving the manifest " "object streams all the segments concatenated. There is no limit to the " "number of segments that can be a part of a single large object." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml194(para) msgid "" "To ensure the download works correctly, you must upload all the object " "segments to the same container and ensure that each object name is prefixed " "in such a way that it sorts in the order in which it should be concatenated." " You also create and upload a manifest file. The manifest file is a zero-" "byte file with the extra X-Object-" "Manifest{container}/{prefix} header, where " "{container} is the container the object segments are in and " "{prefix} is the common prefix for all the segments. You must " "UTF-8-encode and then URL-encode the container and common prefix in the " "X-Object-Manifest header." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml207(para) msgid "" "It is best to upload all the segments first and then create or update the " "manifest. With this method, the full object is not available for downloading" " until the upload is complete. Also, you can upload a new set of segments to" " a second location and update the manifest to point to this new location. " "During the upload of the new segments, the original manifest is still " "available to download the first set of segments." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml216(title) msgid "Upload segment of large object request: HTTP" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml220(para) msgid "" "No response body is returned. A status code of " "2nn (between 200 and " "299, inclusive) indicates a successful write; status " "411Length Required denotes a " "missing Content-Length or Content-Type" " header in the request. If the MD5 checksum of the data written to the " "storage system does NOT match the (optionally) supplied ETag value, a " "422Unprocessable Entity " "response is returned." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml232(para) msgid "" "You can continue uploading segments, like this example shows, prior to " "uploading the manifest." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml235(title) msgid "Upload next segment of large object request: HTTP" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml239(para) msgid "" "Next, upload the manifest you created that indicates the container where the" " object segments reside. Note that uploading additional segments after the " "manifest is created causes the concatenated object to be that much larger " "but you do not need to recreate the manifest file for subsequent additional " "segments." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml246(title) msgid "Upload manifest request: HTTP" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml250(title) msgid "Upload manifest response: HTTP" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml253(para) msgid "" "The Content-Type in the response for a or on the manifest" " is the same as the Content-Type set during the request that created the " "manifest. You can change the Content-Type by reissuing the request." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml261(title) msgid "Comparison of static and dynamic large objects" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml262(para) msgid "" "While static and dynamic objects have similar behavior, this table describes" " their differences:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml265(caption) msgid "Static and dynamic large objects" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml272(th) msgid "Static large object" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml273(th) msgid "Dynamic large object" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml278(th) msgid "End-to-end integrity" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml279(para) msgid "" "Assured. The list of segments includes the MD5 checksum " "(ETag) of each segment. You cannot upload the manifest " "object if the ETag in the list differs from the uploaded " "segment object. If a segment is somehow lost, an attempt to download the " "manifest object results in an error." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml288(para) msgid "" "Not guaranteed. The eventual consistency model means that although you have " "uploaded a segment object, it might not appear in the container listing " "until later. If you download the manifest before it appears in the " "container, it does not form part of the content returned in response to a " "request." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml298(th) msgid "Upload order" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml299(para) msgid "" "You must upload the segment objects before you upload the manifest object." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml302(para) msgid "" "You can upload manifest and segment objects in any order. You are " "recommended to upload the manifest object after the segments in case a " "premature download of the manifest occurs. However, this is not enforced." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml310(th) msgid "Removal or addition of segment objects" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml311(para) msgid "" "You cannot add or remove segment objects from the manifest. However, you can" " create a completely new manifest object of the same name with a different " "manifest list." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml316(para) msgid "" "You can upload new segment objects or remove existing segments. The names " "must simply match the {prefix} supplied in X" "-Object-Manifest." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml324(th) msgid "Segment object size and number" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml325(para) msgid "" "Segment objects must be at least 1MB in size (by default). The final segment" " object can be any size. At most, 1000 segments are supported (by default)." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml330(para) msgid "Segment objects can be any size." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml334(th) msgid "Segment object container name" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml335(para) msgid "" "The manifest list includes the container name of each object. Segment " "objects can be in different containers." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml338(para) msgid "All segment objects must be in the same container." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml342(th) msgid "Manifest object metadata" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml343(para) msgid "" "The object has X-Static-Large-Object set to " "true. You do not set this metadata directly. Instead the " "system sets it when you a static manifest object." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml349(para) msgid "" "The X-Object-Manifest value is the " "{container}/{prefix}, which indicates where the segment " "objects are located. You supply this request header in the operation." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml357(th) msgid "Copying the manifest object" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml358(para) msgid "" "Include the ?multipart-manifest=get query string in the " "request. The new object contains the same manifest as the original. The " "segment objects are not copied. Instead, both the original and new manifest " "objects share the same set of segment objects." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-create-large-objects.xml367(para) msgid "" "The operation does not create a manifest object. To duplicate a manifest " "object, use the operation to read the value of X-Object-Manifest and use " "this value in the X-Object-Manifest request header in a operation. This " "creates a new manifest object that shares the same set of segment objects as" " the original manifest object." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml8(title) msgid "Create and manage stacks" msgstr "Créer et gérer des piles" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml9(para) msgid "" "The Orchestration module enables you to orchestrate multiple composite cloud" " applications. This module supports use of both the Amazon Web Services " "(AWS) CloudFormation template format through both a Query API that is " "compatible with CloudFormation and the native OpenStack Heat " "Orchestration Template (HOT) format through a REST API." msgstr "Le module Orchestration vous permet d'orchestrer de multiple composés d'applications cloud. Ces modules supportent l'utilisation à la fois du modèle de format d'Amazon Web Services (AWS) à travers une Query API compatible de CloudFormation et le format natif OpenStack Heat Orchestration Template (HOT) à travers une REST API." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml14(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml17(para) msgid "" "These flexible template languages enable application developers to describe " "and automate the deployment of infrastructure, services, and applications. " "The templates enable creation of most OpenStack resource types, such as " "instances, floating IP addresses, volumes, security groups, and users. The " "resources, once created, are referred to as stacks." msgstr "Ce modèle flexible de langages permet aux développeurs d'application de décrire et d'automatiser le déploiement d'infrastructure, de services et d'applications. Les modèles favorise la création de la plupart des types de ressource OpenStack, comme les instances, les adresses IP flottantes, les volumes, les groupes de sécurité et les utilisateurs. Les ressources, une fois créées, sont référencées comme des piles. " #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml19(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml24(para) msgid "" "The template languages are described in the" " Template Guide in the Heat developer " "documentation." msgstr "Les modèles de langages sont décrits dans Guide des Modèles dans Documentation développeur Heat." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml25(title) msgid "Create a stack from an example template file" msgstr "Créer une pile depuis un modèle de fichier." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml28(para) msgid "" "To create a stack, or template, from an example " "template file, run the following command:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml32(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml59(replaceable) msgid "PATH_TO_HEAT_TEMPLATES" msgstr "PATH_TO_HEAT_TEMPLATES" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml33(replaceable) msgid "USERNAME" msgstr "NOM D'UTILISATEUR" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml33(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml48(replaceable) msgid "PASSWORD" msgstr "MOT DE PASSE" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml33(replaceable) msgid "HEAT_KEY" msgstr "HEAT_KEY" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml34(para) msgid "" "The --parameters values that you specify depend on the " "parameters that are defined in the template. If a website hosts the template" " file, you can specify the URL with the --template-url " "parameter instead of the --template-file parameter." msgstr "Les valeurs des --paramètres que vous spécifiez dépendent des paramètres qui sont définis dans le modèle. Si un site héberge le fichier du modèle, vous pouvez spécifier l'URL avec le paramètre --template-url au lieu du paramètre --template-file." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml40(para) msgid "The command returns the following output:" msgstr "La commande renvoie la sortie suivante:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml48(para) msgid "" "You can also use the command to validate a template file " "without creating a stack from it." msgstr "Vous pouvez aussi utiliser la commande pour valider le modèle de fichier sans créer une pile." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml52(para) msgid "" "Previous versions of the heat client used instead of " ", but it has been deprecated in favor of ." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml58(para) msgid "To do so, run the following command:" msgstr "Pour ce faire, exécuter la commande suivante:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml60(para) msgid "If validation fails, the response returns an error message." msgstr "Si la validation échoue, la réponse renvoie un message d'erreur." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml66(title) msgid "Get information about stacks" msgstr "Obtenir des informations sur les piles." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml67(para) msgid "" "To explore the state and history of a particular stack, you can run a number" " of commands." msgstr "Pour explorer l'état et l'historique des piles de particulier, vous pouvez éxécuter un certain nombre de commande." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml71(para) msgid "" "To see which stacks are visible to the current user, run the following " "command:" msgstr "Pour voir quels piles sont visibles à l'utilisateur actuel, éxecuter la commande suivante:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml82(para) msgid "To show the details of a stack, run the following command:" msgstr "Pour afficher les dérails de la pile, exécuter la commande suivante:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml87(para) msgid "" "A stack consists of a collection of resources. To list the resources and " "their status, run the following command:" msgstr "Une pile consiste en un ensemble de ressources. Pour lister les ressources et leurs status, exécuter la commande suivante:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml97(para) msgid "" "To show the details for a specific resource in a stack, run the following " "command:" msgstr "Pour afficher les détails d'une ressource spécifique de la pile, exécuter la commande suivante:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml100(para) msgid "" "Some resources have associated metadata which can change throughout the life" " cycle of a resource. Show the metadata by running the following command:" msgstr "Certaines ressources sont associées aux métadonnées qui peuvent changer tout au long du cycle de vie d'une ressource. Afficher les métadonnées en exécutant la commande suivante:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml105(para) msgid "" "A series of events is generated during the life cycle of a stack. To display" " life cycle events, run the following command::" msgstr "Une série d’événements est généré durant le cycle de vie de la pile. Pour afficher les événements du cycle de vie, exécuter la commande suivante: " #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml116(para) msgid "To show the details for a particular event, run the following command:" msgstr "Pour afficher les détails pour un évènement particulier, éxécuter la commande suivante:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml123(title) msgid "Update a stack" msgstr "Mise à jour d'une pile" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml124(para) msgid "" "To update an existing stack from a modified template file, run a command " "like the following command:" msgstr "Pour mettre à jour une pile existante à partir d'un modèle de fichier modifié, éxécuter une commande comme la commande suivante:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_heat.xml135(para) msgid "" "Some resources are updated in-place, while others are replaced with new " "resources." msgstr " Certaines ressources sont mise à jour dans-lieu, tandis que d'autres sont remplacés avec de nouvelle ressources." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml7(title) msgid "Create and manage networks" msgstr "Créez et gérez des réseaux" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml9(para) msgid "" "The OpenStack Networking service provides a scalable system for managing the" " network connectivity within an OpenStack cloud deployment. It can easily " "and quickly react to changing network needs (for example, creating and " "assigning new IP addresses)." msgstr "Le service Réseau OpenStack fournit un système évolutif pour la gestion de la connectivité réseau au sein du déploiement d'un cloud OpenStack. Il est facilement et rapidement réactif pour changer les besoins du réseau (par exemple, création et attribution de nouvelles adresses IP). " #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml14(para) msgid "" "Networking in OpenStack is complex. This section provides the basic " "instructions for creating a network and a router. For detailed information " "about managing networks, refer to the OpenStack Cloud Administrator Guide." msgstr "La gestion du réseau dans OpenStack est complexe. Cette section fournit les instructions de base pour créer un réseau et un routeur. Pour des informations détaillées à propos de la gestion de réseau, se référer à Guide Administrateur Cloud OpenStack." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml21(title) msgid "Create a network" msgstr "Créer un réseau" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml24(para) msgid "" "Log in to the dashboard, choose a project, and click " "Networks." msgstr "Se connecter au tableau de bord, choisir un projet et cliquer Réseaux." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml28(para) msgid "Click Create Network." msgstr "Cliquer Créer un réseau ." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml31(para) msgid "In the Create Network dialog box, specify the following values." msgstr "Dans la boite de dialogue Créer un Réseau, spécifier les valeurs suivantes." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml39(guilabel) msgid "Network" msgstr "Réseau" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml39(th) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml48(th) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml81(th) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml56(th) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml156(th) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml179(th) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml189(th) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml197(th) msgid " tab" msgstr " tab" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml44(guilabel) msgid "Network Name" msgstr "Nom du Réseau" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml45(para) msgid "Specify a name to identify the network." msgstr "Spécifier un nom pour identifier le réseau." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml49(guilabel) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml154(guilabel) msgid "Subnet" msgstr "Sous-réseau" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml52(guilabel) msgid "Create Subnet" msgstr "Créer un Sous-Réseau" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml53(para) msgid "Select this check box to create a subnet" msgstr "Sélectionner cette case pour créer un sous-réseau" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml54(para) msgid "" "You do not have to specify a subnet when you create a network, but if you do" " not, any attached instance receives an Error status." msgstr "Vous n'avez pas à spécifier un sous-réseau quand vous créez un réseau, mais si vous ne le faîtes pas, chaque instance attachée reçoit un statut Erreur." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml59(guilabel) msgid "Subnet Name" msgstr "Nom du Sous-Réseau" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml60(para) msgid "Specify a name for the subnet." msgstr "Spécifier un nom pour le sous-réseau" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml63(guilabel) msgid "Network Address" msgstr "Adresse réseau" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml64(para) msgid "Specify the IP address for the subnet." msgstr "Spécifier une adresse IP pour le sous-réseau." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml67(guilabel) msgid "IP Version" msgstr "Version IP" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml68(para) msgid "Select IPv4 or IPv6." msgstr "Sélectionner IPv4 ou IPv6." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml71(guilabel) msgid "Gateway IP" msgstr "IP de la passerelle" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml72(para) msgid "" "Specify an IP address for a specific gateway. This parameter is optional." msgstr "Spécifier une adresse IP pour une passerelle spécifique. Ce paramètre est optionnel." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml76(guilabel) msgid "Disable Gateway" msgstr "Désactiver la Passerelle" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml77(para) msgid "Select this check box to disable a gateway IP address." msgstr "Sélectionner cette case pour désactiver la passerelle d'adresse IP." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml81(guilabel) msgid "Subnet Detail" msgstr "Détail du Sous-Réseau" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml84(guilabel) msgid "Enable DHCP" msgstr "Activer DHCP" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml85(para) msgid "Select this check box to enable DHCP." msgstr "Sélectionner cette case pour activer DHCP." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml88(guilabel) msgid "Allocation Pools" msgstr "Pools d'allocation" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml89(para) msgid "Specify IP address pools." msgstr "Spécifier les pools d'adresses IP." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml92(guilabel) msgid "DNS Name Servers" msgstr "Serveurs DNS" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml93(para) msgid "Specify a name for the DNS server." msgstr "Spécifier un nom pour le serveur DNS." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml96(guilabel) msgid "Host Routes" msgstr "Routes d'hôte" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml97(para) msgid "Specify the IP address of host routes." msgstr "Spécifier les adresses IP des itinéraires des hôtes." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml103(para) msgid "Click Create." msgstr "Cliquer Créer." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml104(para) msgid "" "The dashboard shows the network on the Networks tab." msgstr "Le tableau de bord montre le réseau dans l'onglet Réseaux." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml110(title) msgid "Create a router" msgstr "Créer un routeur" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml113(para) msgid "" "Log in to the dashboard, choose a project, and click " "Routers." msgstr "Connectez-vous au tableau de bord, choisissez un projet et cliquez sur Routeurs. " #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml117(para) msgid "Click Create Router." msgstr "Cliquer Créer un Routeur." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml119(para) msgid "" "In the Create Router dialog box, specify a name for the router and click " "Create Router." msgstr "Dans la boite de dialogue Créer un Routeur, spécifiez un nom pour le routeur et cliquez sur Créer un Routeur." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml121(para) msgid "" "The new router is now displayed in the Routers tab." msgstr "Le nouveau routeur est maintenant affiché dans l'onglet Routeurs." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml125(para) msgid "Click the new router's Set Gateway button." msgstr "Cliquer sur le bouton Positionner une passerelle du nouveau routeur." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml129(para) msgid "" "In the External Network field, specify the network to " "which the router will connect, and then click Set " "Gateway." msgstr "Dans le champ Réseau Externe, spécifier le réseau auquel le routeur va être connecté, et cliquer alors Positionner la passerelle." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml134(para) msgid "" "To connect a private network to the newly created router, perform the " "following steps:" msgstr "Pour connecter un réseau privé à un réseau nouvellement crée, réalisez les étapes suivantes:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml138(para) msgid "On the Routers tab, click the name of the router." msgstr "Sur l'onglet Routeurs, cliquez le nom du routeur." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml142(para) msgid "On the Router Details page, click Add Interface." msgstr "Sur la page Détails du Routeur, cliquez sur Ajout d'une Interface" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml146(para) msgid "In the Add Interface dialog box, specify the following information:" msgstr "Dans la boite de dialogue Ajout d'une Interface, spécifiez l'information suivante:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml158(para) msgid "Select a subnet." msgstr "Sélectionner un sous-réseau" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml163(guilabel) msgid "IP Address (optional)" msgstr "Adresse IP (facultatif)" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml166(para) msgid "Enter the router interface IP address for the selected subnet." msgstr "Entrez l'adresse IP de l'interface du routeur pour le sous-réseau sélectionné." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml168(para) msgid "" "Note: If this value is not set, then by default, the first host IP address " "in the subnet is used by OpenStack Networking." msgstr "Remarque: Si la valeur n'est pas positionnée, alors par défaut, la première adresse IP hôte dans le sous-réseau est utilisée par OpenStack Networking." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml175(para) msgid "" "The Router Name and Router ID " "fields are automatically updated." msgstr "Les champs de Nom Routeur et de ID du Routeur sont automatiquement mis à jour." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml181(para) msgid "Click Add Interface." msgstr "Cliquer Ajout d'une Interface." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_create_networks.xml184(para) msgid "" "You have successfully created the router. You can view the new topology from" " the Network Topology tab." msgstr "Vous avez créé avec succès un routeur. Vous pouvez voir la nouvelle topologie dans l'onglet Topologie du Réseau." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml7(title) msgid "Compute" msgstr "Calcul" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml9(para) msgid "" "To use the information in this section, you must be familiar with OpenStack " "Compute." msgstr "Pour utiliser cette information dans cette partie, vous devez être familier avec OpenStack Compute." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml11(title) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml15(title) msgid "Set environment variables" msgstr "Positionner les variables d'environnement" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml12(para) msgid "" "To set up environmental variables and authenticate against Compute API " "endpoints, see ." msgstr "Pour positionner les variables environnementales et s'authentifier à travers les paramètres de l'API Calcul, voir ." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml17(title) msgid "Get OpenStack credentials (API v2)" msgstr "Obtenir les identifiants OpenStacks (API v2)" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml18(para) msgid "These example use the get_nova_credentials_v2 method:" msgstr "Cet exemple utilise la méthode get_nova_credentials_v2" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml28(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml36(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml54(para) msgid "" "This code resides in the credentials.py file, which all" " samples import." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml31(para) msgid "" "Use the get_nova_credentials_v2() method to populate and get a " "dictionary:" msgstr "Utiliser la méthode get_nova_credentials_v2() pour remplir et obtenir le dictionnaire:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml37(title) msgid "List servers (API v2)" msgstr "Liste des serveurs (API v2)" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml38(para) msgid "The following program lists servers by using the Compute API v2." msgstr "Le programme suivant liste les serveurs en utilisant Compute API v2." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml41(title) msgid "To list servers" msgstr "Pour lister les serveurs" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml43(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml85(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml161(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml251(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml338(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml399(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml462(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml246(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml341(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml416(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml466(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml515(para) msgid "Import the following modules:" msgstr "Importer les modules suivants:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml48(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml167(para) msgid "" "Get Nova credentials. See ." msgstr "Pour obtenir les identifiants Nova. Voir ." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml53(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml96(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml172(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml275(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml358(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml422(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml483(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml259(para) msgid "" "Instantiate the nova_client client object by using the " "credentials dictionary object:" msgstr "Instancier l'objet client nova_client en utilisant le l'objet dictionnaire credentials:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml60(para) msgid "" "List servers by calling servers.list on " "nova_client object:" msgstr "Lister les serveurs en appelant servers.list sur l'objet nova_client:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml67(title) msgid "List servers code listing" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml79(title) msgid "Create server (API v2)" msgstr "Créer un serveur (API v2)" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml80(para) msgid "" "The following program creates a server (VM) by using the Compute API v2." msgstr "Le programmes suivant crée un serveur (VM) en utilisant Compute API v2." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml83(title) msgid "To create a server" msgstr "Pour créer un serveur" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml91(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml353(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml417(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml478(para) msgid "" "Get OpenStack credentials. See ." msgstr "Pour obtenir les identifiants OpenStack. Voir ." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml103(para) msgid "" "Get the flavor and image to use to create a server. This code uses the " "cirros image, the m1.tiny flavor, and " "the private network:" msgstr "Obtenir le type d'instance et l'image à utiliser pour créer un serveur. Ce code utilise l'image cirros, le type d'instance m1.tiny et le réseau private:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml113(para) msgid "To create the server, use the network, image, and flavor:" msgstr "Pour créer le serveur, utiliser le réseau, l'image et le type d'instance." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml120(para) msgid "" "Sleep for five seconds and determine whether the server/vm was created by " "calling nova_client.servers.list():" msgstr "S'endormir pendant cinq secondes et déterminer si le serveur/vm est créé en appelant nova_client.servers.list():" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml130(title) msgid "Create server code listing" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml155(title) msgid "Delete server (API v2)" msgstr "Supprimer un serveur (API v2)" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml156(para) msgid "" "The following program deletes a server (VM) by using the Compute API v2." msgstr "Le programme suivant supprime un serveur (VM) en utilisant Compute API v2." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml159(title) msgid "To delete a server" msgstr "Pour détruire un serveur" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml179(para) msgid "Determine whether the vm1 server exists:" msgstr "Déterminer si le serveur vm1 existe:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml183(para) msgid "List servers: servers_list." msgstr "Lister les serveurs: servers_list. " #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml187(para) msgid "" "Iterate over servers_list and compare name with " "vm1." msgstr "Itérer sur servers_list et comparer le nom avec vm1." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml193(para) msgid "" "If true, set the variable name server_exists to " "True and break from the for loop:" msgstr "Si vrai, positionner le nom de la variable server_exists à True et arrêter la boucle :" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml210(para) msgid "" "If the server exists, run the delete method of the " "nova_client.servers object:" msgstr "Si le serveur existe, exécuter la méthode delete de l'objet nova_client.servers :" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml219(title) msgid "Delete server code listing" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml245(title) msgid "Update server (API v2)" msgstr "Serveur mis à jour (API v2)" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml246(para) msgid "" "The following program updates the name of a server (VM) by using the Compute" " API v2." msgstr "Le programme suivant met à jour le nom d'un serveur (VM) en utilisant Compute API v2. " #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml249(title) msgid "To update a server" msgstr "Pour mettre à jour le serveur" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml255(para) msgid "" "print_server is a method defined in " "utils.py and prints the server details as shown in the " "code listing below:" msgstr "print_server est une méthode définie dans utils.py et qui imprime les détails du serveur comme décrit dans le code en-dessous:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml270(para) msgid "" "Get OpenStack Credentials. See ." msgstr "Pour obtenir les identifiants OpenStack. Voir ." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml282(para) msgid "" "Get the server instance using server_id and print the " "details by calling print_server method:" msgstr "Obtenir l'instance du serveur en utilisant server_id et imprimer les détails en appelant la méthode print_server:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml292(para) msgid "" "Call server.update on the server object with the new value for " "name variable:" msgstr "Appeler server.update sur l'objet serveur avec la nouvelle valeur de la variable name :" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml298(para) msgid "Get the updated instance of the server:" msgstr "Obtenir l'instance mise à jour du serveur:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml302(para) msgid "" "Call print_server again to check the update server " "details:" msgstr "Appeler à nouveau print_server pour vérifier la mise à jour des détails du serveur:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml309(title) msgid "Update server code listing" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml332(title) msgid "List flavors (API v2)" msgstr "Liste des types d'instance (API v2)" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml333(para) msgid "" "The following program lists flavors and their details by using the Compute " "API v2." msgstr "Le programme suivant liste les spécifications et leurs détails en utilisant Compute API v2." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml336(title) msgid "To list flavors" msgstr "Pour lister les types d'instances." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml342(para) msgid "" "The print_flavors method is defined in " "utils.py and prints the flavor details:" msgstr "La méthode print_flavors est définie dans utils.py est imprime les détails d'un type d'instance." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml365(para) msgid "" "List flavors by calling list() on " "nova_client.flavors object:" msgstr "Lister les types d'instance en appelant list() sur l'objet nova_client.flavors:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml372(para) msgid "" "Print the flavor details, id and name by calling " "print_flavors:" msgstr "Imprimer les détails, l'ID et le nom d'un type d'instance en appelant print_flavors:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml378(title) msgid "List flavors code listing" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml393(title) msgid "List floating IPs (API v2)" msgstr "Liste des IP flottantes (API v2)" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml394(para) msgid "" "The following program lists the floating IPs and their details by using the " "Compute API v2." msgstr "Le programme suivant liste les adresses IP et leurs détails en utilisant Compute API v2." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml397(title) msgid "To list floating IPs" msgstr "Pour lister les IP flottantes" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml403(para) msgid "" "The print_values_ip method is defined in " "utils.py and prints the floating_ip object details:" msgstr "La méthode print_values_ip est définie dans utils.py et affiche les détails de l'objet floating_ip :" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml429(para) msgid "" "List floating IPs by calling list() on " "nova_client.floating_ips object:" msgstr "Lister les IP flottantes en appelant list() sur l'objet nova_client.floating_ips :" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml436(para) msgid "" "Print the floating IP object details by calling " "print_values_ip:" msgstr "Afficher les détails de l'objet IP flottante en appelant print_values_ip :" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml442(title) msgid "List floating IPs code listing" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml456(title) msgid "List hosts (API v2)" msgstr "Lister les hôtes (API v2)" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml457(para) msgid "The following program lists the hosts by using the Compute API v2." msgstr "Le programme suivant liste les hôtes en utilisant Compute API v2." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml460(title) msgid "To list hosts" msgstr "Pour lister les hôtes" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml466(para) msgid "" "The print_hosts method is defined in " "utils.py and prints the host object details:" msgstr "La méthode print_hosts est définie dans utils.py et décrit les détails de l'objet hôte :" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml490(para) msgid "" "List hosts by calling list() on " "nova_client.hosts object:" msgstr "Lister les hôtes en appelant list() sur l'objet nova_client.hosts :" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml496(para) msgid "" "Print the host object details by calling " "print_hosts(host_list):" msgstr "Imprimer les détails de l'objet hôte en appelant print_hosts(host_list) :" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_nova.xml502(title) msgid "List hosts code listing" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml11(title) msgid "Launch an instance" msgstr "Lancer une instance" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml13(para) msgid "" "When you launch an instance from an image, OpenStack creates a local copy of" " the image on the compute node where the instance starts." msgstr "Quand vous démarrez une instance depuis une image, OpenStack crée une copie locale de l'image sur le nœud de calcul d'où l'instance démarre." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml15(para) msgid "When you launch an instance from a volume, note the following steps:" msgstr "Quand vous lancez une instance depuis un volume, noter les étapes suivantes:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml19(para) msgid "" "To select the volume to from which to launch, launch an instance from an " "arbitrary image on the volume. The image that you select does not boot. " "Instead, it is replaced by the image on the volume that you choose in the " "next steps." msgstr "Pour sélectionner le volume à partir duquel exécuter, lancer une instance d'une image arbitraire sur un volume. L'image que vous avez sélectionnée ne démarre pas, elle est remplacée par une image d'un volume que vous choisissez dans les étapes suivantes." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml23(para) msgid "" "To boot a Xen image from a volume, the image you launch in must be the same " "type, fully virtualized or paravirtualized, as the one on the volume." msgstr "Pour démarrer une image Xen depuis une volume, l'image que vous lancez doit être du même type, en virtualisation complète ou paravirtualisé, que celle du volume." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml28(para) msgid "" "Select the volume or volume snapshot from which to boot. Enter a device " "name. Enter vda for KVM images or xvda" " for Xen images." msgstr "Sélectionnez le volume ou l'instantané de volume à partir duquel démarrer. Entrez un nom de périphérique. Entrez vda pour une image KVM ou xvda pour une image Xen." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml35(para) msgid "" "Log in to the dashboard, choose a project, and click " "Images." msgstr "Se connecter au tableau de bord, choisir un projet et cliquer Images." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml37(para) msgid "" "The dashboard shows the images that have been uploaded to OpenStack Image " "Service and are available for this project." msgstr "Le tableau de bord affiche les images qui ont été téléchargé sur le Service d'Image OpenStack et qui sont disponibles pour ce projet." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml40(para) msgid "" "For details on creating images, see Creating images " "manually in the OpenStack Virtual Machine Image " "Guide." msgstr "Pour les détails sur la création d'images, voir Création manuelle d'images dans le Guide Image d'une Machine Virtuelle d'OpenStack." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml46(para) msgid "Select an image and click Launch." msgstr "Sélectionner une image et cliquer Lancer ." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml49(para) msgid "In the Launch Instance dialog box, specify the following values:" msgstr "Dans la boite de dialogue Lancer une Instance, spécifier les valeurs suivantes:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml56(guilabel) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml62(guilabel) msgid "Details" msgstr "Détails" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml61(guilabel) msgid "Availability Zone" msgstr "Zone de Disponibilité" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml63(para) msgid "" "By default, this value is set to the availability zone given by the cloud " "provider (for example, us-west or apac-" "south). For some cases, it could be nova." msgstr "Par défaut, cette valeur est positionnée à la zone de disponibilité donnée par le fournisseur du cloud (par exemple, us-west ou apac-south). Dans certains cas, cela peut être nova." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml70(guilabel) msgid "Instance Name" msgstr "Nom de l'Instance" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml71(para) msgid "Assign a name to the virtual machine." msgstr "Assigner un nom à la machine virtuelle." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml72(para) msgid "" "The name you assign here becomes the initial host name of the server. After " "the server is built, if you change the server name in the API or change the " "host name directly, the names are not updated in the dashboard." msgstr "Le nom que vous assignez ici devient le nom de l'hôte initial du serveur. Après la construction du serveur, si vous changez le nom du serveur dans l'API ou changez directement le nom de l'hôte, les noms ne sont pas mis à jour dans le tableau de bord." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml76(para) msgid "" "Server names are not guaranteed to be unique when created so you could have " "two instances with the same host name." msgstr "Les noms de serveurs ne sont pas garantis d'êtres uniques quand ils sont créés alors vous pouvez avoir deux instances avec le même nom d'hôte." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml83(guilabel) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml71(guilabel) msgid "Flavor" msgstr "Type d'instance" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml84(para) msgid "Specify the size of the instance to launch." msgstr "Spécifier la taille de l'instance à démarrer." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml85(para) msgid "" "The flavor is selected based on the size of the image selected for launching" " an instance. For example, while creating an image, if you have entered the " "value in the Minimum RAM (MB) field as 2048, then on " "selecting the image, the default flavor is m1.small." msgstr "Le type d'instance est sélectionnée sur la base de la taille d'image sélectionnée pour exécuter une instance. Par exemple, pendant la création d'une image, si vous avez entré une valeur de 2048 dans le champ RAM Minimum (Mo), alors à la sélection de l'image, le type d'instance par défaut est m1.small." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml95(guilabel) msgid "Instance Count" msgstr "Nombre d'Instances" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml96(para) msgid "" "To launch multiple instances, enter a value greater than 1. The default is " "1." msgstr "Pour lancer plusieurs instances, entrer une valeur supérieure à 1. La valeur par défaut est 1." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml100(guilabel) msgid "Instance Boot Source" msgstr "Source de l'instance de démarrage." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml101(para) msgid "Your options are:" msgstr "Vos options sont:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml104(guilabel) msgid "Boot from image" msgstr "Démarrage depuis une image" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml105(para) msgid "" "If you choose this option, a new field for Image Name " "displays. You can select the image from the list." msgstr "Si vous choisissez cette option, un nouveau champ apparaît pour Nom de l'image. Vous pouvez sélectionner une image depuis la liste." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml110(guilabel) msgid "Boot from snapshot" msgstr "Démarrage depuis un instantané" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml111(para) msgid "" "If you choose this option, a new field for Instance " "Snapshot displays. You can select the snapshot from the list." msgstr "Si vous choisissez cette option, un nouveau champ apparaît pour Instantané d'Instance. Vous pouvez sélectionner un instantané depuis la liste." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml116(guilabel) msgid "Boot from volume" msgstr "Démarrage depuis un volume" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml117(para) msgid "" "If you choose this option, a new field for Volume " "displays. You can select the volume from the list." msgstr "Si vous choisissez cette option, un nouveau champ apparaît pour Volume. Vous pouvez sélectionner un volume depuis la liste." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml122(guilabel) msgid "Boot from image (creates a new volume)" msgstr "Démarrage depuis une image (crée un nouveau volume)" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml123(para) msgid "" "With this option, you can boot from an image and create a volume by entering" " the Device Size and Device Name " "for your volume. Click the Delete on Terminate option " "to delete the volume on terminating the instance." msgstr "Avec cette option, vous pouvez démarrer à partir d'une image et créer un volume en entrant la Taille du périphérique et le Nom du périphérique pour votre volume. Cliquer l'option Supprimer à la Fin pour supprimer le volume à la terminaison de l'instance. " #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml131(guilabel) msgid "Boot from volume snapshot (creates a new volume)" msgstr "Démarrage depuis un instantané de volume (crée un nouveau volume)" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml133(para) msgid "" "Using this option, you can boot from a volume snapshot and create a new " "volume by choosing Volume Snapshot from a list and " "adding a Device Name for your volume. Click the " "Delete on Terminate option to delete the volume on " "terminating the instance." msgstr "En utilisant cette option, vous pouvez démarrer à partir de l'instantané d'un volume et créer un nouveau volume en choisissant Instantané d'un Volume Snapshot depuisune liste et en ajoutant un Nom de périphérique pour votre volume. Cliquer sur l'option Supprimer à la fin pour supprimer le volume à la terminaison de l'instance." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml142(para) msgid "" "Since you are launching an instance from an image, Boot from " "image is chosen by default." msgstr "Puisque vous lancez une instance depuis une image, Démarrer depuis une imageest choisi par défaut." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml148(guilabel) msgid "Image Name" msgstr "Nom de l'Image" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml149(para) msgid "" "This field changes based on your previous selection. Since you have chosen " "to launch an instance using an image, the Image Name " "field displays. Select the image name from the dropdown list." msgstr "Ce champ évolue suivant vos précédentes sélections. Puisque vous avez choisi de lancer une instance en utilisant une image le champ Nom de l'Image apparaît. Sélectionner le nom de l'image dans la liste déroulante." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml156(guilabel) msgid "Access & Security" msgstr "Accès et Sécurité" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml160(guilabel) msgid "Keypair" msgstr "Paire de clés" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml161(para) msgid "Specify a key pair." msgstr "Spécifier une paire de clés." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml162(para) msgid "" "If the image uses a static root password or a static key set (neither is " "recommended), you do not need to provide a key pair to launch the instance." msgstr "Si l'image utilise un mot de passe root fixe ou des clés statiques (aucun des deux n'est recommandé), vous n'avez pas besoin de fournir une paire de clés pour lancer une instance." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml167(guilabel) msgid "Security Groups" msgstr "Groupes de Sécurité" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml168(para) msgid "Activate the security groups that you want to assign to the instance." msgstr "Activer les groupes de sécurité que vous souhaitez attribuer à l'instance." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml170(para) msgid "" "Security groups are a kind of cloud firewall that define which incoming " "network traffic is forwarded to instances. For details, see ." msgstr "Les groupes de sécurités sont une sorte de pare-feu cloud qui définissent quel flux réseau est transmis à l'instance. Pour plus de détails, voir ." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml174(para) msgid "" "If you have not created any security groups, you can assign only the default" " security group to the instance." msgstr "Si vous n'avez pas créer de groupe de sécurité, Vous ne pourrez pas affecter le groupe de sécurité par defaut à l'instance." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml179(guilabel) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml7(title) #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_advanced_topics.xml7(title) msgid "Networking" msgstr "Réseaux" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml182(guilabel) msgid "Selected Networks" msgstr "Réseaux sélectionnés " #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml183(para) msgid "" "To add a network to the instance, click the + in the " "Available Networks field." msgstr "Pour ajouter un réseau à une instance, cliquer sur le + dans le champs Réseaux Disponibles." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml189(guilabel) msgid "Post-Creation" msgstr "Post-Création" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml192(guilabel) msgid "Customization Script" msgstr "Script de Personnalisation" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml193(para) msgid "Specify a customization script that runs after your instance launches." msgstr "Spécifier un script personnalisé qui s'exécute après les lancements de votre instance." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml197(guilabel) msgid "Advanced Options" msgstr "Options avancées" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml200(guilabel) msgid "Disk Partition" msgstr "Partition Disque" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml201(para) msgid "Select the type of disk partition from the dropdown list." msgstr "Sélectionner le type de partition de disque depuis la liste déroulante." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml205(guilabel) msgid "Automatic" msgstr "Automatique" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml207(para) msgid "Entire disk is single partition and automatically resizes." msgstr "Le disque entier est une partition unique et automatiquement redimensionné." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml211(guilabel) msgid "Manual" msgstr "Manuel" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml213(para) msgid "Faster build times but requires manual partitioning." msgstr "Temps de construction plus rapides mais nécessite un partitionnement manuel." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml232(para) msgid "Click Launch." msgstr "Cliquer Lancer." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml233(para) msgid "The instance starts on a compute node in the cloud." msgstr "L'instance démarre sur un nœud de calcul dans le cloud." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml236(para) msgid "" "The Instances tab shows the instance's name, its " "private and public IP addresses, size, status, task, and power state." msgstr "L'onglet Instances affiche les noms des instances, leurs adresses privées et publiques, taille, status, tâches, et leur état." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances_from_image.xml239(para) msgid "" "If you did not provide a key pair, security groups, or rules, users can " "access the instance only from inside the cloud through VNC. Even pinging the" " instance is not possible without an ICMP rule configured. To access the " "instance through a VNC console, see ." msgstr "Si vous ne fournissez pas une paire de clés, des groupes de sécurité ou des règles, les utilisateurs ne peuvent accéder à l'instance uniquement en interne du cloud à travers VNC. Effectuer un ping sur une instance n'est même pas possible sans une règle ICMP configurée. Pour accéder à l'instance à travers une console VNC, voir ." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml7(title) msgid "Upload and manage images" msgstr "Téléchargez et gérez les images" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml8(para) msgid "" "A virtual machine image, referred to in this document simply as an image, is" " a single file that contains a virtual disk that has a bootable operating " "system installed on it. Images are used to create virtual machine instances " "within the cloud. For information about creating image files, see the OpenStack" " Virtual Machine Image Guide." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml16(para) msgid "" "Depending on your role, you may have permission to upload and manage virtual" " machine images. Operators might restrict the upload and management of " "images to cloud administrators or operators only. If you have the " "appropriate privileges, you can use the dashboard to upload and manage " "images in the admin project." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml23(para) msgid "" "You can also use the and command-line " "clients or the Image Service and Compute APIs to manage images. See ." msgstr "Vous pouvez également utiliser clients en ligne de commande et ou le Service d'Image et les API Compute pour gérer les images. Voir ." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml29(title) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_manage_images.xml102(title) msgid "Upload an image" msgstr "Téléchargez une image" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml30(para) msgid "Follow this procedure to upload an image to a project." msgstr "Suivez cette procédure pour télécharger une image dans un projet." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml34(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml160(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml207(para) msgid "Log in to the dashboard." msgstr "Connectez-vous au tableau de bord." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml37(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml163(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml210(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml217(para) msgid "" "From the CURRENT PROJECT on the " "Project tab, select the appropriate project." msgstr "Depuis PROJET COURANT sur l'onglet Projet, sélectionner le projet approprié." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml42(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml168(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml214(para) msgid "" "On the Project tab, click Images." msgstr "Dans l'onglet Projet, cliquer sur Images" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml46(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml149(para) msgid "Click Create Image." msgstr "Cliquer Créer une Image ." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml47(para) msgid "The Create An Image dialog box appears." msgstr "La boite de dialogue Créer Une Image apparaît." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml50(para) msgid "Enter the following values:" msgstr "Entrez les valeurs suivantes:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml57(guilabel) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml136(guilabel) msgid "Name" msgstr "Nom" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml60(para) msgid "Enter a name for the image." msgstr "Entrer un nom pour l'image." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml65(guilabel) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml144(guilabel) #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml21(th) #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml67(th) #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml141(th) #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml335(th) #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml376(th) #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml460(th) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-response-formats.xml26(th) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml44(guilabel) msgid "Description" msgstr "Description" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml68(para) msgid "Optionally, enter a brief description of the image." msgstr "Optionnellement, entrez une brève description de l'image." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml74(guilabel) msgid "Image Source" msgstr "Source de l'Image" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml77(para) msgid "" "Choose the image source from the list. Your choices are Image " "Location and Image File." msgstr "Choisissez dans la liste la source de l'image. Vos choix sont Emplacement Image et Fichier Image." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml84(para) msgid "Image File or Image Location" msgstr "Fichier Image ou Emplacement Image" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml89(para) msgid "" "Based on your selection for Image Source, you either " "enter the location URL of the image in the Image " "Location field. or browse to the image file on your system and " "add it." msgstr "Suivant votre sélection pour Source Image, vous pouvez soit entrer le chemin de l'URL de l'image dans le champs Emplacement Image ou naviguer sur votre système jusqu'au fichier image et l'ajouter." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml98(guilabel) msgid "Format" msgstr "Format" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml101(para) msgid "Select the correct format (for example, QCOW2) for the image." msgstr "Sélectionnez le format correct (par exemple, QCOW2) pour cette image." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml108(guilabel) msgid "Architecture" msgstr "Architecture" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml112(para) msgid "" "Specify the architecture. For example, i386 for a 32-bit " "architecture or x86_64 for a 64-bit architecture." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml119(para) msgid "" "Minimum Disk (GB) and Minimum RAM " "(MB)" msgstr "Disque Minimum (Go) et RAM minimum (Mo)" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml123(para) msgid "Leave these optional fields empty." msgstr "Laisser ces champs optionnels vides." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml128(guilabel) msgid "Public" msgstr "Publique" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml131(para) msgid "" "Select this check box to make the image public to all users with access to " "the current project." msgstr "Sélectionner cette case pour rendre l'image publique à tous les utilisateurs ayant accès au projet courant." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml138(guilabel) msgid "Protected" msgstr "Protégée" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml141(para) msgid "" "Select this check box to ensure that only users with permissions can delete " "the image." msgstr "Sélectionner cette case pour s'assurer que seuls les utilisateurs avec les permissions puissent supprimer cette image." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml150(para) msgid "" "The image is queued to be uploaded. It might take some time before the " "status changes from Queued to Active." msgstr "L'image est dans une file d'attente pour être téléchargée. Cela peut prendre un peu de temps avant que le statut passe de En attente à Active" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml156(title) msgid "Update an image" msgstr "Mise à jour de l'image." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml157(para) msgid "Follow this procedure to update an existing image." msgstr "Suivez cette procédure pour mettre à jour une image existante." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml172(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml226(para) msgid "Select the image that you want to edit." msgstr "Sélectionner l'image que vous voulez éditer." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml175(para) msgid "" "In the Actions column, click More " "and then select Edit from the list." msgstr "Dans la colonne Actions, cliquer Plus et ensuite sélectionner Editer dans la liste." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml183(para) msgid "Change the name of the image." msgstr "Changer le nom de l'image." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml186(para) msgid "" "Select the Public check box to make the image public." msgstr "Sélectionner la case Public pour rendre l'image publique. " #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml190(para) msgid "" "Clear the Public check box to make the image private." msgstr "Effacer la case Public pour rendre l'image privée." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml180(para) msgid "" "In the Update Image dialog box, you can perform the following actions: " "" msgstr "Dans la boite de dialogue Mise à jour Image, vous pouvez réaliser les actions suivantes: " #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml196(para) msgid "Click Update Image." msgstr "Cliquer mettre l'image ." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml201(title) msgid "Delete an image" msgstr "Supprimer une image" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml202(para) msgid "" "Deletion of images is permanent and cannot be reversed. Only users with the appropriate" " permissions can delete images." msgstr "La suppression des images est définitive et n'est pas réversible. Seuls les utilisateurs avec les permissions appropriées peuvent supprimer des images. " #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml218(para) msgid "Select the images that you want to delete." msgstr "Sélectionnez les images que vous souhaitez supprimer." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml221(para) msgid "Click Delete Images." msgstr "Cliquer Supprimer l'image ." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_images.xml224(para) msgid "" "In the Confirm Delete Image dialog box, click " "Delete Images to confirm the deletion." msgstr "Dans la boite de dialogue Confirmer la Suppression de l'Image, cliquer Suppresion des Images pour confirmer la suppression." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml7(title) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml8(title) msgid "Create and manage databases" msgstr "Créer et gérer des base de données" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml9(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml9(para) msgid "" "The Database service provides scalable and reliable cloud provisioning " "functionality for both relational and non-relational database engines. Users" " can quickly and easily use database features without the burden of handling" " complex administrative tasks." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml11(title) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml157(title) msgid "Create a database instance" msgstr "Créer une instance de base de donnée" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml13(title) msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "Pré-requis" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml14(para) msgid "" "Before you create a database instance, you need to configure a default " "datastore and make sure you have an appropriate flavor for the type of " "database instance you want." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml18(title) msgid "Configure a default datastore." msgstr "Configurer une banque de données." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml19(para) msgid "" "Because the dashboard does not let you choose a specific datastore to use " "with an instance, you need to configure a default datastore. The dashboard " "then uses the default datastore to create the instance." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml22(para) msgid "Add the following line to /etc/trove/trove.conf:" msgstr "Ajouter la ligne suivante à /etc/trove/trove.conf :" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml23(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml630(replaceable) msgid "DATASTORE_NAME" msgstr "NOM_STOCKAGE_DONNÉE" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml24(para) msgid "" "Replace DATASTORE_NAME with the name that the " "administrative user set when issuing the command to create " "the datastore. You can use the trove command to display the" " datastores that are available in your environment." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml25(para) msgid "" "For example, if your MySQL datastore name is set to " "mysql, your entry would look like this:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml29(para) msgid "Restart Database services on the controller node:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml37(title) msgid "Verify flavor." msgstr "Vérifier l'instance." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml38(para) msgid "" "Make sure an appropriate flavor exists " "for the type of database instance you want." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml42(title) msgid "Create database instance" msgstr "Créer une instance de base de données" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml43(para) msgid "" "Once you have configured a default datastore and verified that you have an " "appropriate flavor, you can create a database instance." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml47(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml121(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml161(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml185(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml203(para) msgid "" "Log in to the dashboard, choose a project, and click " "Databases." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml50(para) msgid "" "Click Database Instances. This lists the instances that" " already exist in your environment." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml53(para) msgid "Click Launch Instance." msgstr "Cliquer sur Launch Instance." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml56(para) msgid "" "In the Launch Database dialog box, specify the " "following values." msgstr "Dans la boite de dialogue Launch Database, spécifier les valeurs suivantes." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml67(guilabel) msgid "Database Name" msgstr "Nom de la Base de Données" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml68(para) msgid "Specify a name for the database instance." msgstr "Spécifier un nom pour l'instance de base de données." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml72(para) msgid "Select an appropriate flavor for the instance." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml75(guilabel) msgid "Volume Size" msgstr "Taille du Volume" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml76(para) msgid "Select a volume size. Volume size is expressed in GB." msgstr "Sélectionner une taille de volume. La taille du volume est exprimée en Go." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml80(guilabel) msgid "Initialize Databases" msgstr "Initialiser les Bases de Données" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml83(guilabel) msgid "Initial Database" msgstr "Base de données initiale" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml85(para) msgid "" "Optionally provide a comma separated list of databases to create, for " "example:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml86(para) msgid "" "database1, database2, " "database3" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml90(guilabel) msgid "Initial Admin User" msgstr "Utilisateur Admin initial" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml91(para) msgid "" "Create an initial admin user. This user will have access to all the " "databases you create." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml94(guilabel) msgid "Password" msgstr "Mot de Passe" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml95(para) msgid "" "Specify a password associated with the initial admin user you just named." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml98(guilabel) msgid "Host" msgstr "Host" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml99(para) msgid "" "Optionally, allow the user to connect only from this host. If you do not " "specify a host, this user will be allowed to connect from anywhere." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml105(para) msgid "" "Click the Launch button. The new database instance " "appears in the databases list." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml110(title) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml243(title) msgid "Backup and restore a database" msgstr "Sauvegarder et restaurer une base de donnée" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml111(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml244(para) msgid "" "You can use Database services to backup a database and store the backup " "artifact in the Object Storage module. Later on, if the original database is" " damaged, you can use the backup artifact to restore the database. The " "restore process creates a database instance." msgstr "Vous pouvez utiliser les services Base de donnée pour sauvegarder une base de donnée et stocker un objet sauvegarde dans le module Stockage d'Objet. Plus tard, si la base de donnée originale est endommagée, vous pouvez utiliser cet objet sauvegardé pour restaurer la base de donnée. Le processus de restauration crée une instance de base de donnée." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml114(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml247(para) msgid "This example shows you how to back up and restore a MySQL database." msgstr "Cet exemple vous montre comment sauvegarder et restaurer une base de donnée MySQL" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml116(title) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml249(title) msgid "To backup and restore a database" msgstr "Pour sauvegarder et restaurer une base de donnée" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml118(title) msgid "Backup the database instance." msgstr "Sauvegarde de l'instance de la base de donnée." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml124(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml188(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml206(para) msgid "" "Click Database Instances. This displays the existing " "instances in your system." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml127(para) msgid "Click Create Backup." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml130(para) msgid "In the Backup Database dialog box, specify the following values:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml137(para) msgid "Specify a name for the backup." msgstr "Spécifier un nom pour la sauvegarde." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml140(guilabel) msgid "Database Instance" msgstr "Instance de la base de données" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml141(para) msgid "Select the instance you want to back up." msgstr "Sélectionner l'instance que vous voulez sauvegarder." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml145(para) msgid "Specify an optional description." msgstr "Spécifier une description optionnelle." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml151(para) msgid "" "Click Backup. The new backup appears in the backup " "list." msgstr "Cliquer Backup. La nouvelle sauvegarde apparaît dans la liste des sauvegardes." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml156(title) msgid "Restore a database instance." msgstr "Restaurer une instance de base de donnée." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml157(para) msgid "" "Now assume that your original database instance is damaged and you need to " "restore it. You do the restore by using your backup to create a new database" " instance." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml164(para) msgid "" "Click Database Backups. This lists the available " "backups." msgstr "Cliquer sur Database Backups. Ceci liste les sauvegardes disponibles." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml167(para) msgid "" "Check the backup you want to use and click Restore " "Backup." msgstr "Vérifier la sauvegarde que vous voulez utiliser et cliquer Restore Backup." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml170(para) msgid "" "In the Launch Database dialog box, specify the values you want to use for the new " "database instance. Click the Restore From " "Database tab and make sure that this new instance is based on the" " correct backup." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml173(para) msgid "" "Click Launch. The new instance appears in the " "database instances list." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml180(title) msgid "Update a database instance" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml181(para) msgid "" "You can change various characteristics of a database instance, such as its " "volume size and flavor." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml183(title) msgid "To change the volume size of an instance" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml191(para) msgid "" "Check the instance you want to work with. In the " "Actions column, expand the drop down menu and select " "Resize Volume." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml194(para) msgid "" "In the Resize Database Volume dialog box, fill in the New " "Size field with an integer indicating the new size you want for " "the instance. Express the size in GB, and note that the new size must be " "larger than the current size." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml197(para) msgid "Click Resize Database Volume." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml201(title) msgid "To change the flavor of an instance" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml209(para) msgid "" "Check the instance you want to work with. In the " "Actions column, expand the drop down menu and select " "Resize Instance." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml212(para) msgid "" "In the Resize Database Instance dialog box, expand the drop down menu in the" " New Flavor field. Select the new flavor you want for " "the instance." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_databases.xml215(para) msgid "Click Resize Database Instance." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml7(title) msgid "Measure cloud resources" msgstr "Mesurer les ressources du cloud" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml8(para) msgid "" "Telemetry measures cloud resources in OpenStack. It collects data related to" " billing. Currently, this metering service is available through only the " " command-line client." msgstr "Telemetry mesure les ressources du cloud dans OpenStack. Actuellement, le service de mesure est disponible uniquement avec la ligne de commande ." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml10(para) msgid "To model data, Telemetry uses the following abstractions:" msgstr "Pour modéliser les données, Telemetry utilise les hypothèses suivantes:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml13(emphasis) msgid "Meter" msgstr "Compteur" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml15(para) msgid "" "Measures a specific aspect of resource usage, such as the existence of a " "running instance, or ongoing performance, such as the CPU utilization for an" " instance. Meters exist for each type of resource. For example, a separate " "cpu_util meter exists for each instance. The life cycle " "of a meter is decoupled from the existence of its related resource. The " "meter persists after the resource goes away." msgstr "Mesure un aspect spécifique de l'utilisation des ressources, telles que l'existence d'une instance en cours d'exécution, l'exécution en cours ou encore l'utilisation du processeur pour une instance. Des compteurs existent pour chaque type de ressource. Par exemple, il existe un compteur séparé cpu_util pour chaque instance. Le cycle de vie d'un appareil de mesure est découplé par l'existence de sa ressource. Le compteur persiste après que la ressource disparaît." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml25(para) msgid "A meter has the following attributes:" msgstr "Un compteur a les attributs suivants:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml28(para) msgid "String name" msgstr "Nom de la chaîne" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml31(para) msgid "A unit of measurement" msgstr "Une unité de mesure" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml34(para) msgid "" "A type, which indicates whether values increase monotonically (cumulative), " "are interpreted as a change from the previous value (delta), or are stand-" "alone and relate only to the current duration (gauge)" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml42(emphasis) msgid "Sample" msgstr "Echantillon" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml44(para) msgid "" "An individual data point that is associated with a specific meter. A sample " "has the same attributes as the associated meter, with the addition of time " "stamp and value attributes. The value attribute is also known as the sample " "volume." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml50(emphasis) msgid "Statistic" msgstr "Statistique" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml52(para) msgid "" "A set of data point aggregates over a time duration. (In contrast, a sample " "represents a single data point.) The Telemetry service employs the following" " aggregation functions:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml56(para) msgid "" "count. The number of samples in each " "period." msgstr "count. Le nombre d'échantillons dans chaque période." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml61(para) msgid "" "max. The maximum number of sample volumes" " in each period." msgstr "max. Le nombre maximum de volumes d'échantillons dans chaque période." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml66(para) msgid "" "min. The minimum number of sample volumes" " in each period." msgstr "min. Le nombre minimal de volumes d'échantillons dans chaque période." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml71(para) msgid "" "avg. The average of sample volumes over " "each period." msgstr "avg. La moyenne des volumes d'échantillons sur chaque période." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml76(para) msgid "" "sum. The sum of sample volumes over each " "period." msgstr "sum. La somme des volumes d'échantillons par période." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml84(emphasis) msgid "Alarm" msgstr "Alerte" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml86(para) msgid "" "A set of rules that define a monitor and a current state, with edge-" "triggered actions associated with target states. Alarms provide user-" "oriented Monitoring-as-a-Service and a general purpose utility for " "OpenStack. Orchestration auto scaling is a typical use case. Alarms follow a" " tristate model of ok, alarm, and " "insufficient data. For conventional threshold-oriented " "alarms, a static threshold value and comparison operator govern state " "transitions. The comparison operator compares a selected meter statistic " "against an evaluation window of configurable length into the recent past." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml96(para) msgid "" "This example uses the client to create an auto-scaling " "stack and the client to measure resources." msgstr "Cet exemple utilise le client pour créer un stack auto-scaling et le client pour mesurer les ressources." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml102(para) msgid "" "Create an auto-scaling stack by running the following command. The " "-f option specifies the name of the stack template file, " "and the -P option specifies the " "KeyName parameter as heat_key." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml108(para) msgid "List the heat resources that were created:" msgstr "Dressez la liste des ressources Heat qui ont été créés:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml125(para) msgid "List the alarms that are set:" msgstr "Liste des alarmes qui sont définis:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml135(para) msgid "List the meters that are set:" msgstr "Liste des mètres qui sont définis:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml146(para) msgid "List samples:" msgstr "Listes des exemples:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_ceilometer.xml155(para) msgid "View statistics:" msgstr "Afficher les statistiques:" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml8(title) msgid "OpenStack command-line interface cheat sheet" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml10(para) msgid "" "The following tables give a quick reference of the most used command-line " "commands." msgstr "Les tables suivantes donnent une référence rapide aux commandes en lignes les plus utilisées." #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml16(caption) msgid "Identity (keystone)" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml22(th) #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml68(th) #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml142(th) #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml336(th) #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml377(th) #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml461(th) msgid "Command" msgstr "Commande" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml27(td) msgid "List all users" msgstr "Lister tous les utilisateurs" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml33(td) msgid "List Identity service catalog" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml39(td) msgid "List all services in service catalog" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml45(td) msgid "Create new user" msgstr "Créer un nouveau utilisateur" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml47(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml54(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml187(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml216(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml223(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml229(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml235(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml241(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml247(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml253(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml254(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml260(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml268(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml275(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml343(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml387(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml630(replaceable) msgid "NAME" msgstr "NOM" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml47(replaceable) msgid "TENANT" msgstr "PROJET" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml48(replaceable) msgid "EMAIL" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml48(replaceable) msgid "BOOL" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml52(td) msgid "Create new tenant" msgstr "Créer un nouveau projet" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml54(replaceable) msgid "DESCRIPTION" msgstr "DESCRIPTION" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml62(caption) msgid "Image Service (glance)" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml73(td) msgid "List images you can access" msgstr "Liste d'images auxquelles vous pouvez accéder" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml79(td) msgid "Delete specified image" msgstr "Supprimer une image spécifique" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml81(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml87(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml93(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml167(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml268(replaceable) msgid "IMAGE" msgstr "IMAGE" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml85(td) msgid "Describe a specific image" msgstr "Décrire une image spécifique" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml91(td) msgid "Update image" msgstr "Mise à jour de l'image" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml97(th) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_manage_images.xml8(title) msgid "Manage images" msgstr "Gestion des images" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml100(td) msgid "Kernel image" msgstr "Image du Noyau" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml108(td) msgid "RAM image" msgstr "image RAM" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml116(td) msgid "Three-part image" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml125(td) msgid "Register raw image" msgstr "Enregistrer l'image brute" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml136(caption) msgid "Compute (nova)" msgstr "Compute (nova)" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml147(td) msgid "List instances, notice status of instance" msgstr "Liste des instances, notice des status des instances" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml153(td) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_manage_images.xml12(title) msgid "List images" msgstr "Liste des images" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml159(td) msgid "List flavors" msgstr "Liste des types d'instances" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml165(td) msgid "Boot an instance using flavor and image names (if names are unique)" msgstr "Démarrer une instance en utilisant les noms d'un type d'instance et d'une image (si les noms sont uniques) " #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml167(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml260(replaceable) msgid "FLAVOR" msgstr "TYPE D'INSTANCE" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml173(td) msgid "Login to instance" msgstr "Connexion à une instance" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml176(replaceable) msgid "NETNS_NAME" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml176(replaceable) msgid "USER" msgstr "UTILISATEUR" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml179(para) msgid "" "Note, in CirrOS the password for user cirros is " "\"cubswin:)\" without the quotes." msgstr "Notez que dans CirrOS le mot de passe pour l'utilisateur cirros est \"cubswin:)\" sans les guillemets." #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml185(td) msgid "Show details of instance" msgstr "Montrer les détails d'une instance" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml192(td) msgid "View console log of instance" msgstr "Voir la console de log d'une instance" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml198(td) msgid "Set metadata on an instance" msgstr "Positionner une métadonnée sur une instance" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml204(td) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml70(title) msgid "Create an instance snapshot" msgstr "Créer un instantané d'une instance" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml211(th) msgid "Pause, suspend, stop, rescue, resize, rebuild, reboot an instance" msgstr "Pause, suspendre, stop, secours, redimensionner, reconstruire, redémarrer une instance" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml214(td) msgid "Pause" msgstr "Pause" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml221(td) msgid "Unpause" msgstr "Reprendre" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml227(td) msgid "Suspend" msgstr "Suspendre" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml233(td) msgid "Unsuspend" msgstr "Reprendre" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml239(td) msgid "Stop" msgstr "Stop" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml245(td) msgid "Start" msgstr "Démarrer" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml251(td) msgid "Rescue" msgstr "Secours" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml254(replaceable) msgid "RESCUE_IMAGE" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml258(td) msgid "Resize" msgstr "Redimensionner" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml266(td) msgid "Rebuild" msgstr "Reconstruire" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml273(td) msgid "Reboot" msgstr "Redémarrage" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml280(td) msgid "Inject user data and files into an instance" msgstr "Injecte des données et des fichiers utilisateur dans une instance" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml282(replaceable) msgid "FILE" msgstr "FILE" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml282(replaceable) msgid "INSTANCE" msgstr "INSTANCE" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml286(para) msgid "" "To validate that the file is there, ssh into the instance, and look in " "/var/lib/cloud for the file." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml292(th) msgid "" "Inject a keypair into an instance and access the instance with that keypair" msgstr "Injecter une paire de clés dans une instance et accéder à cette instance avec cette paire de clés." #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml296(td) msgid "Create keypair" msgstr "Créer une paire de clés" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml303(td) msgid "Boot" msgstr "Démarrer" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml310(td) msgid "Use ssh to connect to the instance" msgstr "Utiliser ssh pour se connecter à une instance" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml317(th) msgid "Manage security groups" msgstr "Gérer les groupes de sécurité" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml320(td) msgid "" "Add rules to default security group allowing ping and SSH between instances " "in the default security group" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml330(caption) msgid "Networking (neutron)" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml341(td) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml99(title) msgid "Create network" msgstr "Créer un réseau" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml347(td) msgid "Create a subnet" msgstr "Créer un sous-réseau" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml349(replaceable) msgid "NETWORK_NAME" msgstr "NOM_RÉSEAU" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml349(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml84(literal) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml88(guilabel) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml126(literal) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml129(guilabel) msgid "CIDR" msgstr "CIDR" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml354(td) msgid "List network and subnet" msgstr "Liste du réseau et du sous-réseau" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml361(td) msgid "Examine details of network and subnet" msgstr "Examiner les détails du réseau et du sous-réseau" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml363(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml364(replaceable) msgid "ID_OR_NAME_OF_NETWORK" msgstr "ID_OU_NOM_DU_RÉSEAU" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml371(caption) msgid "Block Storage (cinder)" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml382(th) msgid "Manage volumes and volume snapshots" msgstr "Gérer les volumes et les instantanés des volumes" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml385(td) msgid "Create a new volume" msgstr "Créer un nouveau volume" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml387(replaceable) msgid "SIZE_IN_GB" msgstr "TAILLE_EN_Go" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml392(td) msgid "Boot an instance and attach to volume" msgstr "Démarrer une instance et l'attacher à un volume" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml398(td) msgid "List volumes, notice status of volume" msgstr "Lister les volumes, notice les status des volumes" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml404(td) msgid "" "Attach volume to instance after instance is active, and volume is available" msgstr "Attacher un volume à une instance après qu'ine instance soit active et que le volume soit disponible" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml407(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml216(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml287(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml381(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml402(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml413(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml431(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml483(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml508(replaceable) msgid "INSTANCE_ID" msgstr "ID_INSTANCE" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml407(replaceable) msgid "VOLUME_ID" msgstr "ID_VOLUME" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml412(th) msgid "Manage volumes after login into the instance" msgstr "Gérer les volumes après être connecter dans l'instance" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml415(td) msgid "List storage devices" msgstr "Lister les périphériques de stockage" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml421(td) msgid "Make filesystem on volume" msgstr "Créer un système de fichier sur le volume" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml427(td) msgid "Create a mountpoint" msgstr "Créer un point de montage" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml433(td) msgid "Mount the volume at the mountpoint" msgstr "Monter le volume au point de montage" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml439(td) msgid "Create a file on the volume" msgstr "Créer un fichier dans le volume" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml446(td) msgid "Unmount the volume" msgstr "Démonter le volume" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml455(caption) msgid "Object Storage (swift)" msgstr "Stockage d'Objet (rapide)" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml466(td) msgid "Display information for the account, container, or object" msgstr "Affiche les informations pour le compte, le conteneur ou l'objet" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml469(replaceable) msgid "ACCOUNT" msgstr "COMPTE" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml470(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml26(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml46(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml99(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml102(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml107(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml122(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml127(replaceable) msgid "CONTAINER" msgstr "CONTENEUR" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml471(replaceable) msgid "OBJECT" msgstr "OBJET" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml475(td) msgid "List containers" msgstr "Liste de conteneurs" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml481(td) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml20(title) msgid "Create a container" msgstr "Créer un conteneur" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml483(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml489(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml502(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml508(replaceable) msgid "CONTAINER_NAME" msgstr "NOM_CONTENEUR" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml487(td) msgid "Upload file to a container" msgstr "Charger un fichier dans le conteneur" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml489(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml502(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml508(replaceable) msgid "FILE_NAME" msgstr "NOM_FICHIER" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml494(td) msgid "List objects in container" msgstr "Lister les objets du conteneur" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml500(td) msgid "Download object from container" msgstr "Télécharger un objet du conteneur" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml506(td) msgid "Upload with chunks, for large file" msgstr "Charger par morceaux pour un gros fichier" #: ./doc/user-guide/app_cheat_sheet.xml508(replaceable) msgid "SIZE" msgstr "TAILLE" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml7(title) msgid "Create and manage object containers" msgstr "Créer et gérer les conteneurs d'objets" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml9(para) msgid "" "OpenStack Object Storage provides a distributed, API-accessible storage " "platform that can be integrated directly into an application or used to " "store any type of file, including VM images, backups, archives, or media " "files. In the OpenStack Dashboard, you can only manage containers and " "objects." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml14(para) msgid "" "In OpenStack Object Storage, containers provide storage for objects in a " "manner similar to a Windows folder or Linux file directory, though they " "cannot be nested. An object in OpenStack consists of the file to be stored " "in the container and any accompanying metadata." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml23(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml45(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml80(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml104(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml145(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml172(para) msgid "" "Log in to the dashboard, choose a project, and click " "Containers." msgstr "Se connecter au tableau de bord, choisir un projet et cliquer Conteneurs. " #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml27(para) msgid "Click Create Container." msgstr "Cliquer Créer un Conteneur." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml30(para) msgid "" "In the Create Container dialog box, enter a name for the container, and then" " click Create Container." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml35(para) msgid "You have successfully created a container." msgstr "Vous avez crée un conteneur avec succès." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml36(para) msgid "" "To delete a container, click the More button and " "select Delete Container." msgstr "Pour supprimer un conteneur, cliquer sur le bouton Plus et sélectionner Supprimer le conteneur." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml42(title) msgid "Upload an object" msgstr "Télécharger un objet" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml49(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml84(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml108(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml149(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml176(para) msgid "Select the container in which you want to store your object." msgstr "Sélectionner le conteneur dans lequel vous voulez stocker votre objet." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml52(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml67(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml152(para) msgid "Click Upload Object." msgstr "Cliquer Charger l'Objet." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml53(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml153(para) msgid "" "The Upload Object To Container: <name> " "dialog box is displayed. <name> is the name" " of the container to which you are uploading the object." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml60(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml160(para) msgid "Enter a name for the object." msgstr "Entrer un nom pour l'objet" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml63(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml91(para) msgid "Browse to and select the file that you want to upload." msgstr "Naviguer et sélectionner le fichier que vous voulez charger." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml70(para) msgid "You have successfully uploaded an object to the container." msgstr "Vous avez téléchargé un objet dans le conteneur avec succès." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml71(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml98(para) msgid "" "To delete an object, click the More button and select" " Delete Object." msgstr "Pour détruire un objet, cliquer le bouton Plus et sélectionner Supprimer un Objet." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml76(title) msgid "Manage an object" msgstr "Gérer un objet" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml78(title) msgid "To edit an object" msgstr "Pour éditer un objet" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml87(para) msgid "" "Click More and choose Edit from " "the dropdown list." msgstr "Cliquer Plus et choisir Editer dans la liste déroulante." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml88(para) msgid "The Edit Object dialog box is displayed." msgstr "La boite de dialogue Éditer Objet est affichée." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml94(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml163(para) msgid "Click Update Object." msgstr "Cliquer Mise à jour de l'Objet." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml102(title) msgid "To copy an object from one container to another" msgstr "Pour copier un objet depuis un conteneur dans un autre" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml111(para) msgid "" "Click More and choose Copy from " "the dropdown list." msgstr "Cliquer Plus et choisir Copier dans la liste déroulante." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml115(para) msgid "In the Copy Object: launch dialog box, enter the following values:" msgstr "Dans Copier Objet : lancer la boite de dialogue, entrer les valeurs suivantes :" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml120(para) msgid "" "Destination Container: Choose the destination container" " from the list." msgstr "Conteneur de Destination : Choisir le conteneur de destination dans la liste." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml124(para) msgid "" "Path: Specify a path in which the new copy should be " "stored inside of the selected container." msgstr "Chemin : Spécifier un chemin dans lequel la nouvelle copie devra être stockée dans le conteneur sélectionné." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml129(para) msgid "" "Destination object name: Enter a name for the object in" " the new container." msgstr "Nom de l'objet à Destination : Entrer un nom pour l'objet dans le nouveau conteneur." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml137(para) msgid "Click Copy Object." msgstr "Cliquer Copier Objet" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml141(title) msgid "To create a metadata-only object without a file" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml142(para) msgid "" "You can create a new object in container without a file available and can " "upload the file later when it is ready. This temporary object acts a place-" "holder for a new object, and enables the user to share object metadata and " "URL info in advance." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml167(title) msgid "To create a pseudo-folder" msgstr "Pour créer un pseudo-dossier" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml168(para) msgid "" "Pseudo-folders are similar to folders in your desktop operating system. They" " are virtual collections defined by a common prefix on the object's name." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml179(para) msgid "Click Create Pseudo-folder." msgstr "Cliquer Créer Pseudo-dossier" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml181(para) msgid "" "The Create Pseudo-Folder in Container <name> " " dialog box is displayed. <name> " " is the name of the container to which you are uploading the " "object." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml188(para) msgid "Enter a name for the pseudo-folder." msgstr "Entrer un nom pour le pseudo-dossier." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml190(para) msgid "" "A slash (/) character is used as the delimiter for pseudo-folders in the " "Object Store." msgstr "Un caractère slash (/) est utilisé comme délimiteur pour les pseudo-dossiers dans le Stockage d'Objet." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_containers.xml194(para) msgid "Click Create." msgstr "Cliquer Créer." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_auth_glance.xml7(title) msgid "Authenticate against an Image Service endpoint" msgstr "S'authentifier sur un point d'accès du Service Image" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_auth_glance.xml8(para) msgid "" "To authenticate against an Image Service endpoint, instantiate a " " glanceclient.v2.client.Client object:" msgstr "Pour s'authentifier sur un point d'accès Image Service, instancier un objet glanceclient.v2.client.Client:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-expire-objects.xml7(title) msgid "Schedule objects for deletion" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-expire-objects.xml11(para) msgid "" "Scheduling an object for deletion is helpful for managing objects that you " "do not want to permanently store, such as log files, recurring full backups " "of a dataset, or documents or images that become outdated at a specified " "future time." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-expire-objects.xml15(para) msgid "" "To schedule an object for deletion, include one of these headers with the or" " request on the object:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-expire-objects.xml19(term) msgid "X-Delete-At" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-expire-objects.xml21(para) msgid "" "A UNIX epoch timestamp, in integer form. For example, " "1348691905 represents Wed, 26 Sept 2012 20:38:25" " GMT. Specifies the time when you want the object to expire, no " "longer be served, and be deleted completely from the object store." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-expire-objects.xml31(term) msgid "X-Delete-After" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-expire-objects.xml33(para) msgid "" "An integer value. Specifies the number of seconds from the time of the " "request to when you want to delete the object." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-expire-objects.xml36(para) msgid "" "This header is converted to an X-Delete-At header that is" " set to the sum of the X-Delete-After value plus the " "current time, in seconds." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-expire-objects.xml45(para) msgid "" "Use http://www.epochconverter.com/" " to convert dates to and from epoch timestamps and for batch conversions." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-expire-objects.xml50(para) msgid "" "Use the method to assign expiration headers to existing objects that you " "want to expire." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-expire-objects.xml53(title) msgid "Delete object at specified time request" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-expire-objects.xml54(para) msgid "" "In this example, the X-Delete-At header is assigned a " "UNIX epoch timestamp in integer form for Mon, 11 Jun 2012 15:38:25 " "GMT." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-expire-objects.xml57(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-env-vars.xml11(literal) msgid "publicURL" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-expire-objects.xml57(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-env-vars.xml21(literal) msgid "token" msgstr "jeton" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-expire-objects.xml62(title) msgid "Delete object after specified interval request" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-expire-objects.xml63(para) msgid "" "In this example, the X-Delete-After header is set to 864000 " "seconds. After this time, the object expires." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/ch_dashboard.xml10(title) msgid "OpenStack dashboard" msgstr "Tableau de bord OpenStack" #: ./doc/user-guide/ch_dashboard.xml12(para) msgid "" "As a cloud end user, you can use the OpenStack dashboard to provision your " "own resources within the limits set by administrators. You can modify the " "examples provided in this section to create other types and sizes of server " "instances." msgstr "Comme un utilisateur final du cloud, vous pouvez utiliser le tableau de bord d'OpenStack pour approvisionner vos propres ressources dans les limites fixées par les administrateurs. Vous pouvez modifier les exemples fournis dans cette section pour créer d'autres types et tailles d'instances de serveur." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_auth_keystone.xml7(title) msgid "Authenticate against an Identity endpoint" msgstr "S'authentifier sur une point d'accès Identité." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_auth_keystone.xml8(para) msgid "" "To authenticate against the Identity v2.0 endpoint, instantiate a " " keystoneclient.v_20.client.Client object:" msgstr "Pour s'authentifier sur une point d'accès de Identité v2.0, instancier un objet keystoneclient.v_20.client.Client:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_auth_keystone.xml19(para) msgid "" "After you instantiate a Client object, you can " "retrieve the token by accessing its auth_token attribute " "object:" msgstr "Après avoir instancié un objet Client, vous pouvez récupérer le jeton en accédant à son objet d'attribut auth_token :" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_auth_keystone.xml25(para) msgid "" "If the OpenStack cloud is configured to use public-key infrastructure (PKI) " "tokens, the Python script output looks something like this:" msgstr "Si le cloud OpenStack est configuré pour utilisé les jetons d'infrastructure à clé publique (PKI), la sortie du script Python ressemble à ceci:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_auth_keystone.xml36(para) msgid "" "This example shows a subset of a PKI token. A complete token is over 5000 " "characters long." msgstr "Cet exemple montre un sous-ensemble d'un jeton de PKI. Un jeton complet fait plus de 5000 caractères." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_auth_neutron.xml7(title) msgid "Authenticate against a Networking endpoint" msgstr "S'authentifier sur un point d'accès réseau" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_auth_neutron.xml8(para) msgid "" "To authenticate against a Networking endpoint, instantiate a " "neutronclient.v_2_0.client.Client object:" msgstr "Pour s'authentifier sur un point d'accès réseau, instancier un objet neutronclient.v_2_0.client.Client:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_auth_neutron.xml19(para) msgid "" "You can also authenticate by explicitly specifying the endpoint and token:" msgstr "Vous pouvez également vous authentifier en spécifiant explicitement le point d'accès et le token:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml11(title) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml7(title) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_configure_instances.xml7(title) msgid "Configure access and security for instances" msgstr "Configuration de l'accès et dela sécurité pour les instances" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml13(para) msgid "" "When you launch a virtual machine, you can inject a key pair, which provides SSH access to your " "instance. For this to work, the image must contain the cloud-" "init package." msgstr "Quand vous lancez une machine virtuelle, vous pouvez injecter une paire de clés, qui fournit un accès SSH à votre instance. Pour que cela fonctionne, l'image doit contenir le paquet clou-init." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml17(para) msgid "" "You create at least one key pair for each project. You can use the key pair " "for multiple instances that belong to that project. If you generate a key " "pair with an external tool, you can import it into OpenStack." msgstr "Vous créez au moins une paire de clés pour chaque projet. Vous pouvez utiliser cette paire de clés pour des instances multiples appartenant à ce projet. Si vous générez une paire de clés avec un outil externe, vous pouvez l'importer avec OpenStack." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml20(para) msgid "" "If an image uses a static root password or a static key setneither is " "recommendedyou must not provide a key pair when you launch the instance." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml21(para) msgid "" "A security group is a named collection " "of network access rules that you use to limit the types of traffic that have" " access to instances. When you launch an instance, you can assign one or " "more security groups to it. If you do not create security groups, new " "instances are automatically assigned to the default security group, unless " "you explicitly specify a different security group." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml28(para) msgid "" "The associated rules in each security " "group control the traffic to instances in the group. Any incoming traffic " "that is not matched by a rule is denied access by default. You can add rules" " to or remove rules from a security group, and you can modify rules for the " "default and any other security group." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml34(para) msgid "" "You can modify the rules in a security group to allow access to instances " "through different ports and protocols. For example, you can modify rules to " "allow access to instances through SSH, to ping instances, or to allow UDP " "traffic; for example, for a DNS server running on an instance. You specify " "the following parameters for rules:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml42(para) msgid "" "Source of traffic. Enable traffic to " "instances from either IP addresses inside the cloud from other group members" " or from all IP addresses." msgstr "Source du trafic. Activer trafic vers les instances soit depuis les adresses à l'intérieur du cloud par les autres membres du groupe, soit de toutes les adresses IP." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml48(para) msgid "" "Protocol. Choose TCP for SSH, ICMP for " "pings, or UDP." msgstr "Protocol. Choisissez TCP pour SSH, ICMP pour des pings, ou UDP." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml52(para) msgid "" "Destination port on virtual machine. " "Define a port range. To open a single port only, enter the same value twice." " ICMP does not support ports; instead, you enter values to define the codes " "and types of ICMP traffic to be allowed." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml59(para) msgid "Rules are automatically enforced as soon as you create or modify them." msgstr "Les règles sont automatiquement appliquées dès que vous créez ou modifiez." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml71(title) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml142(title) msgid "Add a key pair" msgstr "Ajout d'une paire de clés." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml73(para) msgid "You can generate a key pair or upload an existing public key." msgstr "Vous pouvez générer une paire de clés ou télécharger une clé publique existante." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml76(para) msgid "To generate a key pair, run the following command:" msgstr "Pour générer une paire de clés, exécuter la commande suivante:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml77(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml88(replaceable) msgid "MY_KEY" msgstr "MY_KEY" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml78(para) msgid "" "The command generates a key pair with the name that you specify for " "KEY_NAME, writes the private key to the " ".pem file that you specify, and registers the public " "key at the Nova database." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml85(para) msgid "" "To set the permissions of the .pem file so that only " "you can read and write to it, run the following command:" msgstr "Pour fixer les permissions du fichier .pem afin que vous seul puissiez lire et écrire dans celui-ci, exécutez la commande suivante:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml93(title) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml172(title) msgid "Import a key pair" msgstr "Import d'une paire de clés." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml96(para) msgid "" "If you have already generated a key pair and the public key is located at " "~/.ssh/id_rsa.pub, run the following command to upload " "the public key:" msgstr "Si vous avez déjà généré une paire de clés située dans ~/.ssh/id_rsa.pub, exécutez la commande suivante pour télécharger la clé publique/" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml100(para) msgid "" "The command registers the public key at the Nova database and names the key " "pair the name that you specify for " "KEY_NAME." msgstr "Les commandes enregistrent la clé publique dans la base de donnée Nova et nomment la paire de clés avec le nom que vous avez spécifié pour KEY_NAME." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml105(para) msgid "" "To ensure that the key pair has been successfully imported, list key pairs " "as follows:" msgstr "Pour s'assurer que la paire de clés a été importée avec succès, lister les paires de clés comme suit:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml112(title) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_configure_instances.xml73(title) msgid "Create and manage security groups" msgstr "Créer et gérer un groupe de sécurité" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml115(para) msgid "" "To list the security groups for the current project, including descriptions," " enter the following command:" msgstr "Pour lister les groupes de sécurité pour le projet en cours, y compris les descriptions, entrez la commande suivante:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml120(para) msgid "" "To create a security group with a specified name and description, enter the " "following command:" msgstr "Pour créer un groupe de sécurité avec un nom et une description spécifique, entrez la commande suivante:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml123(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml128(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml148(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml158(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml165(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml177(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml184(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml202(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml214(replaceable) msgid "SECURITY_GROUP_NAME" msgstr "NOM_GROUPE_SECURITE" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml123(replaceable) msgid "GROUP_DESCRIPTION" msgstr "GROUP_DESCRIPTION" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml126(para) msgid "To delete a specified group, enter the following command:" msgstr "Pour supprimer un groupe spécifique, entrer la commande suivante:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml130(para) msgid "" "You cannot delete the default security group for a project. Also, you cannot" " delete a security group that is assigned to a running instance." msgstr "Vous ne pouvez pas supprimer le groupe de sécurité par défaut d'un projet. Aussi, vous ne pouvez pas supprimer un groupe de sécurité qui est affecté à une instance en cours d'exécution." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml139(title) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_configure_instances.xml98(title) msgid "Create and manage security group rules" msgstr "Créer et gérer une règle de groupe de sécurité" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml141(para) msgid "" "Modify security group rules with the commands. Before you " "begin, source the OpenStack RC file. For details, see ." msgstr "Modifier les règles de groupes de sécurité avec les commandes . Avant de commencer, lancer le fichier OpenStack RC. Pour les détails, voir . " #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml146(para) msgid "To list the rules for a security group, run the following command:" msgstr "Pour lister les règles pour un groupe de sécurité, exécutez la commande suivante:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml151(para) msgid "" "To allow SSH access to the instances, choose one of the following options:" msgstr "Pour autoriser l'accès SSH aux instances, choisissez l'une des options suivantes:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml155(para) msgid "" "Allow access from all IP addresses, specified as IP subnet " "0.0.0.0/0 in CIDR notation:" msgstr "Autorise l'accès à partir de toutes les adresses IP, spécifiée en tant que sous réseau IP 0.0.0.0/0 en notation CIDR:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml161(para) msgid "" "Allow access only from IP addresses from other security groups (source " "groups) to access the specified port:" msgstr "Autoriser l'accès uniquement depuis les adresses IP depuis d'autres groupes de sécurité (groupes source) pour accéder à des ports spécifiques :" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml165(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml184(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml202(replaceable) msgid "SOURCE_GROUP_NAME" msgstr "SOURCE_GROUP_NAME" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml170(para) msgid "" "To allow pinging of the instances, choose one of the following options:" msgstr "Pour autoriser un pinging des instances, choisir une des options suivantes :" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml174(para) msgid "" "Allow pinging from all IP addresses, specified as IP subnet " "0.0.0.0/0 in CIDR notation:" msgstr "Autoriser un pinging de toutes les adresses IP, spécifiées comme sous réseau IP 0.0.0.0/0 dans la notation CIDR : " #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml178(para) msgid "This allows access to all codes and all types of ICMP traffic." msgstr "Ceci autorise l'accès à tous les codes et à tous les types de trafic ICMP." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml181(para) msgid "" "Allow only members of other security groups (source groups) to ping " "instances:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml189(para) msgid "" "To allow access through a UDP port, such as allowing access to a DNS server " "that runs on a VM, choose one of the following options:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml194(para) msgid "" "Allow UDP access from IP addresses, specified as IP subnet " "0.0.0.0/0 in CIDR notation:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml199(para) msgid "" "Allow only IP addresses from other security groups (source groups) to access" " the specified port:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml208(title) msgid "Delete a security group rule" msgstr "supprimer une règle de groupe de sécurité" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml209(para) msgid "" "To delete a security group rule, specify the same arguments that you used to" " create the rule." msgstr "Pour supprimer une règle de groupe de sécurité, spécifiez les mêmes arguments que vous avez utilisé pour créer la règle." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_configure_instances.xml212(para) msgid "" "For example, to delete the security group rule that permits SSH access from " "all IP addresses, run the following command." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml7(title) msgid "Manage IP addresses" msgstr "Gérer les adresses IP" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml8(para) msgid "" "Each instance has a private, fixed IP address and can also have a public, or" " floating, address. Private IP addresses are used for communication between " "instances, and public addresses are used for communication with networks " "outside the cloud, including the Internet." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml12(para) msgid "" "When you launch an instance, it is automatically assigned a private IP " "address that stays the same until you explicitly terminate the instance. " "Rebooting an instance has no effect on the private IP address." msgstr "Lorsque vous lancez une instance, il lui sera automatiquement assigné une adresse IP privée qui restera la même jusqu'à ce que vous terminiez explicitement l'instance. Un redemarrage de l'instance n'a pas d'effet sur l'adresse IP privée." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml16(para) msgid "" "A pool of floating IP addresses, configured by the cloud administrator, is " "available in OpenStack Compute. The project quota defines the maximum number" " of floating IP addresses that you can allocate to the project. After you " "allocate a floating IP address to a project, you can:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml23(para) msgid "" "Associate the floating IP address with an instance of the project. Only one " "floating IP address can be allocated to an instance at any given time." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml27(para) msgid "Disassociate a floating IP address from an instance in the project." msgstr "Dissocier une adresse IP flottante d'une instance d'un projet." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml30(para) msgid "" "Delete a floating IP from the project; deleting a floating IP automatically " "deletes that IP's associations." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml35(para) msgid "Use the commands to manage floating IP addresses." msgstr "Utiliser la commande pour gérer les adresses IP flottantes." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml38(title) msgid "List floating IP address information" msgstr "Liste des informations d'adresse IP flottante" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml41(para) msgid "To list all pools that provide floating IP addresses, run:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml49(para) msgid "" "If this list is empty, the cloud administrator must configure a pool of " "floating IP addresses." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml52(para) msgid "" "To list all floating IP addresses that are allocated to the current project," " run:" msgstr "Pour lister toutes les adresses IP flottantes qui sont allouées au projet courant exécuter :" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml60(para) msgid "" "For each floating IP address that is allocated to the current project, the " "command outputs the floating IP address, the ID for the instance to which " "the floating IP address is assigned, the associated fixed IP address, and " "the pool from which the floating IP address was allocated." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml68(title) msgid "Associate floating IP addresses" msgstr "Associer des adresses IP flottantes" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml69(para) msgid "You can assign a floating IP address to a project and to an instance." msgstr "Vous pouvez assigner une adresse flottante à un projet et à une instance." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml72(para) msgid "" "Run the following command to allocate a floating IP address to the current " "project. By default, the floating IP address is allocated from the " "public pool. The command outputs the allocated IP " "address." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml82(para) msgid "" "If more than one IP address pool is available, you can specify the pool from" " which to allocate the IP address, using the pool's name. For example, to " "allocate a floating IP address from the test pool, run:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml89(para) msgid "" "List all project instances with which a floating IP address could be " "associated:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml100(para) msgid "Associate an IP address with an instance in the project, as follows:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml101(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml119(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml129(replaceable) msgid "INSTANCE_NAME_OR_ID" msgstr "INSTANCE_NAME_OR_ID" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml101(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml119(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml129(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml133(replaceable) msgid "FLOATING_IP_ADDRESS" msgstr "FLOATING_IP_ADDRESS" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml102(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml311(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml330(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml351(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml682(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml702(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml347(para) msgid "For example:" msgstr "Par exemple :" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml106(para) msgid "Notice that the instance is now associated with two IP addresses:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml114(para) msgid "" "After you associate the IP address and configure security group rules for " "the instance, the instance is publicly available at the floating IP address." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml116(para) msgid "" "If an instance is connected to multiple networks, you can associate a " "floating IP address with a specific fixed IP address using the optional " "--fixed-address parameter:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml119(replaceable) msgid "FIXED_IP_ADDRESS" msgstr "FIXED_IP_ADDRESS" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml125(title) msgid "Disassociate floating IP addresses" msgstr "Dé-associer les adresse IP flottantes" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml128(para) msgid "Release a floating IP address from an instance, as follows:" msgstr "Libérer une adresse IP flottante d'une instance, comme suit :" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml132(para) msgid "Release the floating IP address from the current project, as follows:" msgstr "Libérer une adresse IP flottante d'un projet courant, comme suit :" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_floating_ips.xml134(para) msgid "" "The IP address is returned to the pool of IP addresses that is available for" " all projects. If the IP address is still associated with a running " "instance, it is automatically disassociated from that instance." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml7(title) msgid "Stop and start an instance" msgstr "Démarrer et arrêter une instance" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml8(para) msgid "Use one of the following methods to stop and start an instance." msgstr "Utilisez une des méthodes suivantes pour arrêter et démarrer une instance :" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml11(title) msgid "Pause and unpause an instance" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml14(para) msgid "To pause an instance, run the following command:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml16(para) msgid "" "This command stores the state of the VM in RAM. A paused instance continues " "to run in a frozen state." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml18(para) msgid "To unpause the instance, run the following command:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml24(title) msgid "Suspend and resume an instance" msgstr "Suspend and Resume (suspendre et reprendre)" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml26(para) msgid "" "Administrative users might want to suspend an instance if it is infrequently" " used or to perform system maintenance. When you suspend an instance, its VM" " state is stored on disk, all memory is written to disk, and the virtual " "machine is stopped. Suspending an instance is similar to placing a device in" " hibernation." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml33(para) msgid "" "Suspending an instance will not free allocated memory or virtual CPU " "resources. To release them, delete the instance." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml37(para) msgid "" "To initiate a hypervisor-level suspend operation, run the following command:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml42(para) msgid "To resume a suspended instance, run the following command:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml49(title) msgid "Shelve and unshelve an instance" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml50(para) msgid "" "Shelving is useful if you have an instance that you are not using, but would" " like retain in your list of servers. For example, you can stop an instance " "at the end of a work week, and resume work again at the start of the next " "week. All associated data and resources are kept; however, anything still in" " memory is not retained. If a shelved instance is no longer needed, it can " "also be entirely removed." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml55(para) msgid "You can complete the following shelving tasks:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml57(term) msgid "Shelve an instance" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml58(para) msgid "" "Shuts down the instance, and stores it together with associated data and " "resources (a snapshot is taken if not volume backed). Anything in memory is " "lost. Use the following command:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml61(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml66(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml73(replaceable) msgid "SERVERNAME" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml64(term) msgid "Unshelve an instance" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml65(para) msgid "Restores the instance:" msgstr "Restaure l'instance :" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml69(term) msgid "Remove a shelved instance" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_startstop.xml70(para) msgid "" "Removes the instance from the server; data and resource associations are " "deleted. If an instance is no longer needed, you can move that instance off " "the hypervisor in order to minimize resource usage:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml8(title) msgid "Auto-extract archive files" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml12(para) msgid "Use the auto-extract archive feature to upload a tar archive file." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml14(para) msgid "" "The Object Storage system extracts files from the archive file and creates " "an object." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml17(title) msgid "Auto-extract archive request" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml18(para) msgid "" "To upload an archive file, make a request. Add the extract-archive=format " "query parameter to indicate that you are uploading a tar archive file " "instead of normal content." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml22(para) msgid "" "Valid values for the format variable are " "tar, tar.gz, or " "tar.bz2." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml26(para) msgid "" "The path you specify in the request is used for the location of the object " "and the prefix for the resulting object names." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml29(para) msgid "In the request, you can specify the path for:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml33(para) msgid "An account" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml36(para) msgid "Optionally, a specific container" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml39(para) msgid "Optionally, a specific object prefix" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml42(para) msgid "" "For example, if the first object in the tar archive is " "/home/file1.txt and you specify the " "/v1/12345678912345/mybackup/castor/ path, the operation" " creates the castor/home/file1.txt object in the " "mybackup container in the " "12345678912345 account." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml52(title) msgid "Create an archive for auto-extract" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml53(para) msgid "You must use the tar utility to create the tar archive file." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml55(para) msgid "" "You can upload regular files but you cannot upload other items (for example," " empty directories or symbolic links)." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml58(para) msgid "You must UTF-8-encode the member names." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml59(para) msgid "The archive auto-extract feature supports these formats:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml63(para) msgid "The POSIX.1-1988 Ustar format." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml66(para) msgid "" "The GNU tar format. Includes the long name, long link, and sparse " "extensions." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml70(para) msgid "The POSIX.1-2001 pax format." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml71(para) msgid "Use gzip or bzip2 to compress the archive." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml73(para) msgid "" "Use the extract-archive query parameter to specify the " "format. Valid values for this parameter are tar, " "tar.gz, or tar.bz2." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml83(title) msgid "Auto-extract archive response" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml84(para) msgid "" "When Object Storage processes the request, it performs multiple sub-" "operations. Even if all sub-operations fail, the operation returns a " "201Created status. Some sub-" "operations might succeed while others fail: Examine the response body to " "determine the results of each auto-extract archive sub-operation." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml91(para) msgid "" "You can set the Accept request header to one of these " "values to define the response format:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml96(literal) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-response-formats.xml49(code) msgid "text/plain" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml98(para) msgid "" "Formats response as plain text. If you omit the Accept " "header, text/plain is the default." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml107(literal) msgid "application/json" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml109(para) msgid "Formats response as JSON." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml113(literal) msgid "application/xml" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml115(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml123(para) msgid "Formats response as XML." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml121(literal) msgid "text/xml" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml127(para) msgid "" "The following auto-extract archive files example shows a " "text/plain response body where no failures occurred:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml132(para) msgid "" "The following auto-extract archive files example shows a " "text/plain response where some failures occurred. In this" " example, the Object Storage system is configured to reject certain " "character strings so that the 400Bad " "Request error occurs for any objects that use the restricted " "strings." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-archive-auto-extract.xml143(para) msgid "" "The following example shows the failure response in " "application/json format." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_manage_instances.xml7(title) msgid "Manage instances and hosts" msgstr "Gérer les instances et les hôtes" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_manage_instances.xml8(para) msgid "" "Instances are virtual machines that run inside the cloud on physical compute" " nodes. The Compute service manages instances. A host is the node on which a" " group of instances resides." msgstr "Les instances sont des machines virtuelles qui fonctionne dans le cloud sur des nœuds physique de calcul. " #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_manage_instances.xml12(para) msgid "" "This section describes how to perform the different tasks involved in " "instance management, such as adding floating IP addresses, stopping and " "starting instances, and terminating instances. This section also discusses " "node management tasks." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml9(title) msgid "OpenStack End User Guide" msgstr "Guide Utilisateur Final d'OpenStack" #: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml10(titleabbrev) msgid "End User Guide" msgstr "Guide Utilisateur Final" #: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml18(orgname) #: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml24(holder) msgid "OpenStack Foundation" msgstr "Fondation OpenStack" #: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml22(year) msgid "2014" msgstr "2014" #: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml23(year) msgid "2015" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml26(releaseinfo) msgid "current" msgstr "en cours" #: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml27(productname) msgid "OpenStack" msgstr "OpenStack" #: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml31(remark) msgid "Copyright details are filled in by the template." msgstr "Les détails sur les droits d'auteurs sont remplis par le modèle." #: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml36(para) msgid "" "OpenStack is an open-source cloud computing platform for public and private " "clouds. A series of interrelated projects deliver a cloud infrastructure " "solution. This guide shows OpenStack end users how to create and manage " "resources in an OpenStack cloud with the OpenStack dashboard and OpenStack " "client commands." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml43(para) msgid "" "This guide documents OpenStack Juno, OpenStack Icehouse and OpenStack Havana" " releases." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml48(date) msgid "2014-10-15" msgstr "15-10-2014" #: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml52(para) msgid "" "For the Juno release, this guide has been updated with information about the" " Database Service for OpenStack (trove)." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml62(date) msgid "2014-05-09" msgstr "09-05-2014" #: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml66(para) msgid "Add a command line cheat sheet." msgstr "Ajouter une antisèche en ligne de commande." #: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml73(date) msgid "2014-04-17" msgstr "2014-04-17" #: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml77(para) msgid "" "For the Icehouse release, this guide has been updated with changes to the " "dashboard plus the moving of the command reference appendix as indicated " "below." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml87(date) msgid "2014-01-31" msgstr "2014-01-31" #: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml91(para) msgid "" "Removed the command reference appendix. This information is now in the OpenStack Command-Line Interface " "Reference." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml101(date) msgid "2013-12-30" msgstr "2013-12-30" #: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml105(para) msgid "Added the OpenStack Python SDK chapter." msgstr "Ajouté le chapitre OpenStack Python SDK." #: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml112(date) msgid "2013-10-17" msgstr "2013-10-17" #: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml116(para) msgid "Havana release." msgstr "Havana lancement." #: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml122(date) msgid "2013-08-19" msgstr "19-08-2013" #: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml126(para) msgid "Editorial changes." msgstr "Changement éditorial" #: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml132(date) msgid "2013-07-29" msgstr "2013-07-29" #: ./doc/user-guide/bk-user-guide.xml136(para) msgid "First edition of this document." msgstr "Première édition de ce document. " #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml8(title) msgid "Use snapshots to migrate instances" msgstr "Utiliser les instantanés pour migrer des instances" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml9(para) msgid "" "To use snapshots to migrate instances from OpenStack projects to clouds, " "complete these steps." msgstr "Pour utiliser les instantanés pour migrer les instances des projets OpenStack vers les clouds, veuillez compléter ces étapes:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml12(para) msgid "In the source project, perform the following steps:" msgstr "Dans le projet source, réaliser les étapes suivantes :" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml15(link) msgid "Create a snapshot of the instance." msgstr "Créer un instantané de l'instance." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml18(link) msgid "Download the snapshot as an image." msgstr "Télécharger l'instantané comme une image." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml22(para) msgid "In the destination project, perform the following steps:" msgstr "Dans le projet destination, réaliser les étapes suivantes :" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml25(link) msgid "Import the snapshot to the new environment." msgstr "Importer l'instantané dans le nouvel environnement." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml28(link) msgid "Boot a new instance from the snapshot." msgstr "Démarrer une nouvelle instance depuis un instantané." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml33(para) msgid "Some cloud providers allow only administrators to perform this task." msgstr "Certains fournisseurs de cloud n'autorisent uniquement que les administrateurs à réaliser cette tâche." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml36(title) msgid "Create a snapshot of the instance" msgstr "Créer un instantané de l'instance" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml39(para) msgid "" "Shut down the source VM before you take the snapshot to ensure that all data" " is flushed to disk. If necessary, list the instances to view get the " "instance name." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml50(para) msgid "" "Use the command to confirm that the instance shows a " "SHUTOFF status." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml60(para) msgid "" "Use the command to take a snapshot. Use the " " command to check the status until the status is " "ACTIVE:" msgstr "Utiliser la commande pour prendre un instantané. Utiliser la commande pour vérifier le status pendant que celui-ci est ACTIVE:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml79(title) msgid "Download the snapshot as an image" msgstr "Télécharger l'instantané comme une image" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml82(para) msgid "Get the image ID:" msgstr "Obtenir l'ID de l'image: " #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml91(para) msgid "" "Download the snapshot by using the image ID that was returned in the " "previous step:" msgstr "Télécharger l'instantané en utilisant l'ID de l'image fournie à l'étape précédente:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml95(para) msgid "" "The command requires the image ID and cannot use the image " "name." msgstr "La commande requiert l'ID de l'image et ne peut utiliser le nom de l'image." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml98(para) msgid "" "Ensure there is sufficient space on the destination file system for the " "image file." msgstr "S'assurer qu'il y a assez d'espace sur le système de destination du fichier pour le fichier image." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml104(para) msgid "" "Make the image available to the new environment, either through HTTP or with" " direct upload to a machine ()." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml110(title) msgid "Import the snapshot to new environment" msgstr "Importer l'instantané dans le nouvel environnement" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml111(para) msgid "In the new project or cloud environment, import the snapshot:" msgstr "Dans le nouveau projet ou nouveau environnement cloud, importer l'instantané:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml113(replaceable) msgid "IMAGE_URL" msgstr "IMAGE_URL" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml116(title) msgid "Boot a new instance from the snapshot" msgstr "Démarrer une nouvelle instance depuis l'instantané" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_migrate_instances.xml117(para) msgid "" "In the new project or cloud environment, use the snapshot to create the new " "instance:" msgstr "Dans le nouveau projet ou le nouvel environnement cloud, utiliser un instantané pour créer une nouvelle instance:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml11(title) msgid "Store metadata on a configuration drive" msgstr "Store métadonnées sur un lecteur de configuration" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml12(para) msgid "" "You can configure OpenStack to write metadata to a special configuration " "drive that attaches to the instance when it boots. The instance can mount " "this drive and read files from it to get information that is normally " "available through the metadata service. This " "metadata is different from the user data." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml19(para) msgid "" "One use case for using the configuration drive is to pass a networking " "configuration when you do not use DHCP to assign IP addresses to instances. " "For example, you might pass the IP address configuration for the instance " "through the configuration drive, which the instance can mount and access " "before you configure the network settings for the instance." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml25(para) msgid "" "Any modern guest operating system that is capable of mounting an ISO 9660 or" " VFAT file system can use the configuration drive." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml28(title) msgid "Requirements and guidelines" msgstr "Configurations et conseils" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml29(para) msgid "" "To use the configuration drive, you must follow the following requirements " "for the compute host and image." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml32(title) msgid "Compute host requirements" msgstr "Configuration hôte requise" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml34(para) msgid "" "The following hypervisors support the configuration drive: libvirt, " "XenServer, Hyper-V, and VMware." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml38(para) msgid "" "To use configuration drive with libvirt, XenServer, or VMware, you must " "first install the genisoimage package on each compute " "host. Otherwise, instances do not boot properly." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml43(para) msgid "" "Use the mkisofs_cmd flag to set the path where you " "install the genisoimage program. If " "genisoimage is in same path as the nova-compute service, you do not need to set " "this flag." msgstr "Utilisez le flag mkisofs_cmd pour définir le chemin sur lequel vous installez le programme genisoimage. Si genisoimage est dans le même chemin que le service nova-compute, vous n'avez pas besoin de définir ce flag." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml52(para) msgid "" "To use configuration drive with Hyper-V, you must set the " "mkisofs_cmd value to the full path to an " "mkisofs.exe installation. Additionally, you must set the " "qemu_img_cmd value in the hyperv " "configuration section to the full path to an qemu-img " "command installation." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml63(title) msgid "Image requirements" msgstr "images requises" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml65(para) msgid "" "An image built with a recent version of the cloud-init " "package can automatically access metadata passed through the configuration " "drive. The cloud-init package version 0.7.1 works with " "Ubuntu and Fedora based images, such as Red Hat Enterprise Linux." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml73(para) msgid "" "If an image does not have the cloud-init package " "installed, you must customize the image to run a script that mounts the " "configuration drive on boot, reads the data from the drive, and takes " "appropriate action such as adding the public key to an account. See for details about how data is organized " "on the configuration drive." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml83(para) msgid "" "If you use Xen with a configuration drive, use the " "xenapi_disable_agent configuration parameter to disable " "the agent." msgstr "si vous utilisez Xen avec un lecteur de configuration, utiliser le xenapi_disable_agent paramètre de configuration pour désactiver l'agent." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml90(title) msgid "Guidelines" msgstr "Conseils" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml92(para) msgid "" "Do not rely on the presence of the EC2 metadata in the configuration drive, " "because this content might be removed in a future release. For example, do " "not rely on files in the ec2 directory." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml98(para) msgid "" "When you create images that access configuration drive data and multiple " "directories are under the openstack directory, always " "select the highest API version by date that your consumer supports. For " "example, if your guest image supports the 2012-03-05, 2012-08-05, and " "2013-04-13 versions, try 2013-04-13 first and fall back to a previous " "version if 2013-04-13 is not present." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml110(title) msgid "Enable and access the configuration drive" msgstr "Activer et accéfer au lecteur de configuration." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml113(para) msgid "" "To enable the configuration drive, pass the --config-drive " "true parameter to the command." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml117(para) msgid "" "The following example enables the configuration drive and passes user data, " "two files, and two key/value metadata pairs, all of which are accessible " "from the configuration drive:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml122(para) msgid "" "You can also configure the Compute service to always create a configuration " "drive by setting the following option in the " "/etc/nova/nova.conf file:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml127(para) msgid "" "If a user passes the --config-drive true flag to the " " command, an administrator cannot disable the configuration " "drive." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml135(para) msgid "" "If your guest operating system supports accessing disk by label, you can " "mount the configuration drive as the /dev/disk/by-" "label/configurationDriveVolumeLabel " "device. In the following example, the configuration drive has the " "config-2 volume label." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml143(para) msgid "" "Ensure that you use at least version 0.3.1 of CirrOS for configuration drive" " support." msgstr "Assurez-vous que vous utilisez au moins la version 0.3.1 de CirrOS pour le support du lecteur de configuration." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml146(para) msgid "" "If your guest operating system does not use udev, the " "/dev/disk/by-label directory is not present." msgstr "Si votre système d'exploitation client n'utilise pas udev, le /dev/disk/by-label répertoire n'est pas présent." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml150(para) msgid "" "You can use the command to identify the block device that " "corresponds to the configuration drive. For example, when you boot the " "CirrOS image with the m1.tiny flavor, the device is " "/dev/vdb:" msgstr "Vous pouvez utiliser la commande pour identifier le dispositif de bloc qui correspond à la commande de configuration. Par exemple, quand vous démarrez l'image CirrOS avec le literal>m1.tiny version, le périphérique est /dev/vdb:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml158(para) msgid "Once identified, you can mount the device:" msgstr "Une fois identifié, vous pouvez monter le dispositif:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml165(title) msgid "Configuration drive contents" msgstr "Contenu du disque de configuration" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml166(para) msgid "" "In this example, the contents of the configuration drive are as follows:" msgstr "Dans cet exemple, les contenus du lecteur de configuration sont les suivants:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml179(para) msgid "" "The files that appear on the configuration drive depend on the arguments " "that you pass to the command." msgstr "Les fichiers qui apparaissent sur le disque de configuration dépend sur les arguments que vous passez à la commande. " #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml184(title) msgid "OpenStack metadata format" msgstr "Formater métadonné OpenStack" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml185(para) msgid "" "The following example shows the contents of the " "openstack/2012-08-10/meta_data.json and " "openstack/latest/meta_data.json files. These files are " "identical. The file contents are formatted for readability." msgstr "L'exemple suivant montre les contenus des fichiers openstack/2012-08-10/meta_data.json et openstack/latest/meta_data.json. Ces fichiers sont identiques. Le contenu des fichiers est formaté pour la lisibilité." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml191(para) msgid "" "Note the effect of the --file /etc/network/interfaces=/home/myuser" "/instance-interfaces argument that was passed to the " " command. The contents of this file are contained in the " "openstack/content/0000 file on the configuration drive," " and the path is specified as /etc/network/interfaces " "in the meta_data.json file." msgstr "Notez l'effet de l'argument --file /etc/network/interfaces=/home/myuser/instance-interfaces qui a été passé à la commande. Les contenus de ce fichier sont contenues dans le fichier openstack/content/0000 sur le lecteur de configuration, et le chemin d'accès est spécifié en tant /etc/network/interfaces dans le fichier meta_data.json." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml202(title) msgid "EC2 metadata format" msgstr "EC2 format metadonnée" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml203(para) msgid "" "The following example shows the contents of the ec2/2009-04-04" "/meta-data.json and the ec2/latest/meta-" "data.json files. These files are identical. The file contents are" " formatted to improve readability." msgstr "L'exemple suivant montre le contenu des fichiers ec2/2009-04-04/meta-data.json et ec2/latest/meta-data.json. Ces ficheirs sont identiques. Le contenu des fichiers est formaté pour améliorer la lisibilité." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml211(title) msgid "User data" msgstr "Données utilisateur" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml212(para) msgid "" "The openstack/2012-08-10/user_data, " "openstack/latest/user_data, ec2/2009-04-04" "/user-data, and ec2/latest/user-data file " "are present only if the --user-data flag and the contents" " of the user data file are passed to the command." msgstr "Les fichiers openstack/2012-08-10/user_data, openstack/latest/user_data, ec2/2009-04-04/user-data, et ec2/latest/user-data sont présents seulement si le flag et le contenu du fichier de données de l'utilisateur sont transmis à la commande." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml222(title) msgid "Configuration drive format" msgstr "Format du lecteur de configuration." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml223(para) msgid "" "The default format of the configuration drive as an ISO 9660 file system. To" " explicitly specify the ISO 9660 format, add the following line to the " "/etc/nova/nova.conf file:" msgstr "Le format par defaut du lecteur de configuration comme ISO 9660 le système de fichier. Pour spécifier explicitement le format ISO 9660, ajouter la ligne suivante au /etc/nova/nova.conf fichier:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml229(para) msgid "" "By default, you cannot attach the configuration drive image as a CD drive " "instead of as a disk drive. To attach a CD drive, add the following line to " "the /etc/nova/nova.conf file:" msgstr "Par défaut, vous ne pouvez pas joindre l'image du lecteur de configuration comme un lecteur de CD au lieu d'un lecteur de disque dur. Pour joindre un lecteur de CD, ajoutez la ligne suivante au fichier /etc/nova/nova.conf:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml234(para) msgid "" "For legacy reasons, you can configure the configuration drive to use VFAT " "format instead of ISO 9660. It is unlikely that you would require VFAT " "format because ISO 9660 is widely supported across operating systems. " "However, to use the VFAT format, add the following line to the " "/etc/nova/nova.conf file:" msgstr "Pour des raisons historiques, vous pouvez configurer le disque de configuration pour utiliser le format VFAT la place de la norme ISO 9660. Il est peu probable que vous auriez besoin de format VFAT parce ISO 9660 est largement soutenue dans les systèmes d'exploitation. Toutefois, pour utiliser le format VFAT, ajoutez la ligne suivante dans le fichier /etc/nova/nova.conf:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_config-drive.xml243(para) msgid "If you choose VFAT, the configuration drive is 64MB." msgstr "Si vous choisissez VFAT, le lecteur de configuration est de 64 Mo." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-env-vars.xml6(title) msgid "Environment variables required to run examples" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-env-vars.xml7(para) msgid "" "To run the cURL command examples for the Object Storage API requests, set " "these environment variables:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-env-vars.xml13(para) msgid "" "The public URL that is the HTTP endpoint from where you can access Object " "Storage. It includes the Object Storage API version number and your account " "name. For example, https://23.253.72.207/v1/my_account." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-env-vars.xml23(para) msgid "The authentication token for Object Storage." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-env-vars.xml28(para) msgid "To obtain these values, run the command." msgstr "Pour obtenir ces valeurs, exécutez la commande ." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-env-vars.xml30(para) msgid "" "As shown in this example, the public URL appears in the " "StorageURL field, and the token appears in the " "Auth Token field:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_terminate.xml7(title) msgid "Delete an instance" msgstr "Supprimer une instance " #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_terminate.xml8(para) msgid "When you no longer need an instance, you can delete it." msgstr "Lorsque vous n'avez plus besoin d'une instance, vous pouvez la supprimer." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_terminate.xml10(para) msgid "List all instances:" msgstr "Listez tous les instances:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_terminate.xml20(para) msgid "" "Run the command to delete the instance. The following " "example shows deletion of the newServer instance, which" " is in ERROR state:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_terminate.xml23(para) msgid "The command does not notify that your server was deleted." msgstr "Vous ne recevrez aucune notification indiquant la suppression du server." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_terminate.xml24(para) msgid "" "To verify that the server was deleted, run the command:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_terminate.xml32(para) msgid "The deleted instance does not appear in the list." msgstr "L'instance qui a été supprimée ne s'affiche pas dans la liste." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml13(title) msgid "Create and access a database" msgstr "Créer et accéder à une base de donnée" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml14(para) msgid "" "Assume that you have installed the Database service and populated your data " "store with images for the type and versions of databases that you want, and " "that you can create and access a database." msgstr "Vérifier que vous avez installé le service Base de donnée et rempli votre espace de stockage avec des images pour les types et les versions de bases de donnée que vous voulez et ensuite vous pouvez créer et accéder à une base de donnée." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml17(para) msgid "This example shows you how to create and access a MySQL 5.5 database." msgstr "Cet exemple vous montre comment créer et accéder à une base de donnée MySQL 5.5." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml19(title) msgid "To create and access a database" msgstr "Pour créer et accéder à une base de donnée" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml21(title) msgid "Determine which flavor to use for your database" msgstr "Déterminer quel type d'instance à utiliser pour votre base de donnée" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml22(para) msgid "" "When you create a database instance, you must specify a nova flavor. The " "flavor indicates various characteristics of the instance, such as RAM, root " "volume size, and so on. The default nova flavors are not sufficient to " "create database instances. You might need to create or obtain some new nova " "flavors that work for databases." msgstr "Quand vous créez une instance de base de donnée, vous devez spécifier un type d'instance nova. Un type d'instance donnent plusieurs caractéristiques d'une instance, comme la RAM, la taille du volume root et plus encore. Les types d'instances nova par défaut ne sont pas suffisants pour créer des instances de base de donnée. Vous aurez peut-être besoin de créer ou d'obtenir de nouveaux types d'instance nova qui fonctionne pour des bases de donnée. " #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml26(para) msgid "" "The first step is to list flavors by using the nova " "command." msgstr "La première étape est de lister les types d'instance en utilisant la commande nova ." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml28(para) msgid "" "Here are the default flavors, although you may have additional custom " "flavors in your environment:" msgstr "Voici les types d'instance par défaut, bien que vous puissiez avoir en plus des types d'instance particulières par défaut dans votre environnement :" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml40(para) msgid "" "Now take a look at the minimum requirements for various database instances:" msgstr "Consulter maintenant les prérequis minimums pour les instances des diverses bases de donnée:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml49(th) msgid "Database" msgstr "Base de données" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml50(th) msgid "RAM (MB)" msgstr "RAM (Mo)" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml51(th) msgid "Disk (GB)" msgstr "Disque (Go)" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml52(th) msgid "VCPUs" msgstr "VCPUs" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml58(para) msgid "MySQL" msgstr "MySQL" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml61(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml103(para) msgid "512" msgstr "512" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml64(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml78(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml92(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml106(para) msgid "5" msgstr "5" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml67(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml81(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml95(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml109(para) msgid "1" msgstr "1" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml72(para) msgid "Cassandra" msgstr "Cassandra" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml75(para) msgid "2048" msgstr "2048" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml86(para) msgid "MongoDB" msgstr "MongoDB" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml89(para) msgid "1024" msgstr "1024" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml100(para) msgid "Redis" msgstr "Redis" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml116(para) msgid "" "If you have a custom flavor that meets the needs of the database that you " "want to create, proceed to and " "use that flavor." msgstr "Si vous avez un type d'instance particulier correspondant aux besoins de la base de donnée que vous voulez créer, passer à et utiliser ce type d'instance. " #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml121(para) msgid "" "If your environment does not have a suitable flavor, an administrative user " "must create a custom flavor by using the nova command." msgstr "Si votre environnement ne possède pas un type d'instance qui convient, un utilisateur administratif doit créer un type d'instance particulier en utilisant la commande nova . " #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml127(title) msgid "MySQL example" msgstr "Exemple MySQL" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml128(para) msgid "" "This example creates a flavor that you can use with a MySQL database. This " "example has the following attributes:" msgstr "Cet exemple crée un type d'instance que vous pouvez utiliser avec une base de donnée MySQL. Cet exemple a les attributs suivants:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml133(para) msgid "Flavor name: mysql_minimum" msgstr "Nom de la base de donnée: mysql_minimum" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml136(para) msgid "" "Flavor ID: You must use an ID that is not already in use. In this example, " "IDs 1 through 5 are in use, so use ID 6." msgstr "ID du type d'instance : Vous devez utilisez une ID qui n'est pas encore utilisée. Dans cet exemple, les ID de 1 à 5 sont prises, alors prenez ID 6." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml140(para) msgid "RAM: 512" msgstr "RAM: 512" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml143(para) msgid "Root volume size in GB: 5" msgstr "Taille du volume racine en Go: 5" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml146(para) msgid "Virtual CPUs: 1" msgstr "CPU virtuels: 1" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml158(para) msgid "" "This example creates a database instance with the following characteristics:" msgstr "Cet exemple crée une instance de base de donnée avec les caractéristiques suivantes:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml161(para) msgid "Name of the instance: mysql_instance_1" msgstr "Nom de l'instance: mysql_instance_1" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml164(para) msgid "Database flavor: 6" msgstr "Base de donnée d'un type d'instance: 6" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml167(para) msgid "In addition, this command specifies these options for the instance:" msgstr "De plus, cette commande spécifie ces options pour l'instance :" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml170(para) msgid "A volume size of 5 (5 GB)." msgstr "Une taille de volume de 5 (5 Go)." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml173(para) msgid "The myDB database." msgstr "La base de donnée myDB." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml176(para) msgid "" "The database is based on the mysql data store and the " "mysql-5.5 datastore_version." msgstr "Cette base de donnée est basée sur le stockage de donnée mysql et sur le datastore_version mysql-5.5." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml180(para) msgid "" "The userA user with the password " "password." msgstr "L'utilisateur userA avec le mot de passe password ." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml202(title) msgid "Get the IP address of the database instance" msgstr "Obtenir l'adresse IP de l'instance de la base de donnée" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml203(para) msgid "" "First, use the trove command to list all instances and " "their IDs:" msgstr "Premièrement, utiliser la commande trove pour lister toutes les instances et leurs ID:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml211(para) msgid "This command returns the instance ID of your new instance." msgstr "Cette commande renvoie l'ID de l'instance de votre nouvelle instance." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml212(para) msgid "" "You can now pass in the instance ID with the trove command " "to get the IP address of the instance. In this example, replace " "INSTANCE_ID with 5599dad6-731e-44df-" "bb60-488da3da9cfe." msgstr "Vous pouvez maintenant passer l'ID de l'instance avec la commande trove pour obtenir l'adresse IP de l'instance. Dans cet exemple, remplacer ID_INSTANCE avec 5599dad6-731e-44df-bb60-488da3da9cfe." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml231(para) msgid "This command returns the IP address of the database instance." msgstr "Cette commande retourne l'adresse IP de l'instance de la base de donnée." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml234(title) msgid "Access the new database" msgstr "Accéder à la nouvelle base de donnée" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml235(para) msgid "" "You can now access the new database you just created (myDB) by using typical" " database access commands. In this MySQL example, replace " "IP_ADDRESS with 172.16.200.2." msgstr "Vous pouvez maintenant accéder à la nouvelle base de donnée que vous venez juste de créer (myDB) en utilisant les commandes typiques d'accès à une base de donnée. Dans cet exemple MySQL, remplacer ADRESSE_IP avec 172.16.200.2. " #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml238(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_search_ip.xml11(replaceable) msgid "IP_ADDRESS" msgstr "ADDRESSE_IP" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml251(title) msgid "Backup the database instance" msgstr "Sauvegarder l'instance de la base de donnée" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml252(para) msgid "" "As background, assume that you have created a " "database instance with the following characteristics:" msgstr "Par ailleurs, vérifier que vous avez created a database instance avec les caractéristiques suivantes :" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml256(para) msgid "Name of the database instance: guest1" msgstr "Nom de l'instance de la base de donnée: guest1" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml259(para) msgid "Flavor ID: 10" msgstr "ID d'un type d'instance: 10 " #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml262(para) msgid "Root volume size: 2" msgstr "Taille du volume racine: 2" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml265(para) msgid "Databases: db1 and db2" msgstr "Bases de données: db1 et db2" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml268(para) msgid "" "Users: The user1 user with the " "password password" msgstr "Utilisateurs : L'utilisateur user1 avec le mot de passe password" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml272(para) msgid "" "First, get the ID of the guest1 database instance by " "using the trove command:" msgstr "Premièrement, obtenir l'ID de l'instance de la base de donnée en utilisant la commande trove :" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml280(para) msgid "" "Back up the database instance by using the trove command. " "In this example, the backup is called backup1. In this " "example, replace INSTANCE_ID with " "97b4b853-80f6-414f-ba6f-c6f455a79ae6:" msgstr "Sauvegarder l'instance de la base de donnée en utilisant la commande trove . Dans cet exemple, la sauvegarde est appelée backup1. Dans cet exemple, remplacer ID_INSTANCE avec 97b4b853-80f6-414f-ba6f-c6f455a79ae6 :" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml285(para) msgid "" "This command syntax pertains only to python-troveclient version 1.0.6 and " "later. Earlier versions require you to pass in the backup name as the first " "argument." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml302(para) msgid "" "Note that the command returns both the ID of the original instance " "(instance_id) and the ID of the backup artifact " "(id)." msgstr "Noter que la commande retourne à la fois l'ID de l'instance originale (instance_id) et l'ID de l'artefact de la sauvegarde (id)." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml305(para) msgid "" "Later on, use the trove command to get this information:" msgstr "Plus tard, utiliser la commande trove pour obtenir cette information :" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml313(para) msgid "" "You can get additional information about the backup by using the trove " " command and passing in the " "BACKUP_ID, which is 8af30763-61fd-4aab-" "8fe8-57d528911138." msgstr "Vous pouvez obtenir des informations complémentaires sur la sauvegarde en utilisant la sommande trove et en passant dans le BACKUP_ID, qui vaut 8af30763-61fd-4aab-8fe8-57d528911138." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml317(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml351(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml483(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml508(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml534(replaceable) msgid "BACKUP_ID" msgstr "ID_SAUVEGARDE" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml334(title) msgid "Restore a database instance" msgstr "Restaurer l'instance d'une base de donnée" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml335(para) msgid "" "Now assume that your guest1 database instance is damaged " "and you need to restore it. In this example, you use the trove " " command to create a new database instance called " "guest2." msgstr "Supposons maintenant que l'instance de votre base de donnée guest1 est abimée et que vous avez besoin de la restaurer. Dans cet exemple, vous utilisez la commande trove pour créer une nouvelle instance de base de donnée appelée guest2." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml340(para) msgid "" "You specify that the new guest2 instance has the same " "flavor (10) and the same root volume size " "(2) as the original guest1 instance." msgstr "Vous spécifiez que la nouvelle instance guest2 a le même type d'instance (10) et la même taille de volume racine (2) que l'instance originale guest1. " #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml345(para) msgid "" "You use the --backup argument to indicate that this new " "instance is based on the backup artifact identified by " "BACKUP_ID. In this example, replace " "BACKUP_ID with 8af30763-61fd-4aab-" "8fe8-57d528911138." msgstr "Vous utilisez l'argument --backup pour indiquer que cette nouvelle instance est basée sur un objet de sauvegarde identifié par BACKUP_ID. Dans cet exemple, remplacer BACKUP_ID par 8af30763-61fd-4aab-8fe8-57d528911138." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml367(title) msgid "Verify backup" msgstr "Vérifier la sauvegarde" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml368(para) msgid "" "Now check that the new guest2 instance has the same " "characteristics as the original guest1 instance." msgstr "Vérifier maintenant que l'instance du nouveau guest2 a les mêmes caractéristiques que l'instance originale guest1." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml370(para) msgid "Start by getting the ID of the new guest2 instance." msgstr "Commencer en obtenant l'ID de la nouvelle instance guest2." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml378(para) msgid "" "Use the trove command to display information about the new " "guest2 instance. Pass in guest2's INSTANCE_ID, " "which is ac7a2b35-a9b4-4ff6-beac-a1bcee86d04b." msgstr "Utiliser la commande trove pour afficher les informations sur la nouvelle instance guest2. Remplacer dans guest2 INSTANCE_ID, par ac7a2b35-a9b4-4ff6-beac-a1bcee86d04b." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml397(para) msgid "" "Note that the data store, flavor ID, and volume size have the same values as" " in the original guest1 instance." msgstr "Veuillez noter que le stockage de donnée, l'ID du type d'instance et la taille du volume ont les mêmes valeurs que dans l'instance originale guest1. " #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml399(para) msgid "" "Use the trove command to check that the original databases " "(db1 and db2) are present on the " "restored instance." msgstr "Utiliser la commande trove pour vérifier que les bases de données originelles (db1 et db2) sont présents dans l'instance restaurée." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml411(para) msgid "" "Use the trove command to check that the original user " "(user1) is present on the restored instance." msgstr "Utiliser la commande trove pour vérifier que l'utilisateur originel (user1) est présent dans l'instance restaurée." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml421(title) msgid "Notify users" msgstr "Notifier les utilisateurs" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml422(para) msgid "" "Tell the users who were accessing the now-disabled guest1" " database instance that they can now access guest2. " "Provide them with guest2's name, IP address, and any " "other information they might need. (You can get this information by using " "the trove command.)" msgstr "Dites aux utilisateurs accédant à l'instance de la base de donnée guest1 maintenant désactivée qu'ils peuvent accéder à guest2. Leur fournir le nom de guest2, adresse IP et toutesles informations dont ils pourraient avoir besoin. (Vous pouvez obtenir ces informations en utilisant la commande trove .) " #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml428(title) msgid "Clean up" msgstr "Nettoyage" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml429(para) msgid "" "At this point, you might want to delete the disabled " "guest1 instance, by using the trove " "command." msgstr "A cet instant, vous voudrez peut-être supprimer l'instance désactivée guest1, en utilisant la commande trove . " #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml436(title) msgid "Use incremental backups" msgstr "Utiliser les sauvegardes incrémentales" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml437(para) msgid "" "Incremental backups let you chain together a series of backups. You start " "with a regular backup. Then, when you want to create a subsequent " "incremental backup, you specify the parent backup." msgstr "Les sauvegardes incrémentales vous permettent de chaîner ensemble une série de sauvegardes. Vous commencez avec une sauvegarde habituelle. Ensuite, quand vous voulez créer la sauvegarde incrémentale suivante, vous spécifiez le parent de la sauvegarde." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml440(para) msgid "" "Restoring a database instance from an incremental backup is the same as " "creating a database instance from a regular backupthe Database service " "handles the complexities of applying the chain of incremental backups." msgstr "Restaurer une instance de base de donnée à partir d'une sauvegarde incrémentale est identique à créer une instance de base de donnée à partir d'une sauvegarde régulière. Le service Base de donnée traite la complexité du chaînage des sauvegardes incrémentales." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml443(para) msgid "" "This example shows you how to use incremental backups with a MySQL database." msgstr "Cet exemple vous montre comment utiliser les sauvegardes incrémentales avec une base de donnée MySQL." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml445(title) msgid "Assumptions" msgstr "Hypothèses" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml446(para) msgid "" "Assume that you have created a regular " "backup for the following database instance:" msgstr "S'assurer que vous avez created a regular backup pour l'instance de la base de donnée qui suit:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml451(para) msgid "Instance name: guest1" msgstr "Nom de l'instance : guest1" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml454(para) msgid "" "ID of the instance (INSTANCE_ID): " "792a6a56-278f-4a01-9997-d997fa126370" msgstr "ID de l'instance (INSTANCE_ID) : 792a6a56-278f-4a01-9997-d997fa126370" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml458(para) msgid "" "ID of the regular backup artifact (BACKUP_ID): " "6dc3a9b7-1f3e-4954-8582-3f2e4942cddd" msgstr "ID d'un artefact d'une sauvegarde régulière (BACKUP_ID): 6dc3a9b7-1f3e-4954-8582-3f2e4942cddd" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml463(title) msgid "To create and use incremental backups" msgstr "Pour créer et utiliser des sauvegardes incrémentales" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml465(title) msgid "Create your first incremental backup" msgstr "Créer votre première sauvegarde incrémentale" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml466(para) msgid "Use the trove command and specify:" msgstr "Utiliser la commande trove et spécifier:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml469(para) msgid "" "The INSTANCE_ID of the database instance you are " "doing the incremental backup for (in this example, 792a6a56-278f-" "4a01-9997-d997fa126370)" msgstr "L' INSTANCE_ID de l'instance de la base de donnée pour laquelle vous créez la sauvegarde incrémentale (dans cette exemple, 792a6a56-278f-4a01-9997-d997fa126370)" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml474(para) msgid "" "The name of the incremental backup you are creating: " "backup1.1" msgstr "Le nom de la sauvegarde incrémentale que vous êtes en train de créer: backup1.1" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml478(para) msgid "" "The BACKUP_ID of the parent backup. In this case," " the parent is the regular backup, with an ID of " "6dc3a9b7-1f3e-4954-8582-3f2e4942cddd" msgstr "Le BACKUP_ID de la sauvegarde parent. Dans ce cas, le parent est la sauvegarde régulière, avec un ID de 6dc3a9b7-1f3e-4954-8582-3f2e4942cddd" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml498(para) msgid "" "Note that this command returns both the ID of the database instance you are " "incrementally backing up (instance_id) and a new ID for " "the new incremental backup artifact you just created " "(id)." msgstr "Noter que la commande retourne à la fois l'ID de l'instance de la base de donnée que vous sauvegardez de façon incrémentielle (instance_id) et la nouvelle ID de l'artefact de la nouvelle sauvegarde incrémentale que vous venez juste de créer (id)." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml503(title) msgid "Create your second incremental backup" msgstr "Créer votre seconde sauvegarde incrémentale" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml504(para) msgid "" "The name of your second incremental backup is backup1.2. " "This time, when you specify the parent, pass in the ID of the incremental " "backup you just created in the previous step (backup1.1)." " In this example, it is 1d474981-a006-4f62-b25f-" "43d7b8a7097e." msgstr "Le nom de votre seconde sauvegarde incrémentale est backup1.2. Cette fois, quand vous spécifiez le parent, passez dans l'ID de la sauvegarde incrémentale que vous avez créée dans l'étape précédente (backup1.1). Dans cet exemple, c'est 1d474981-a006-4f62-b25f-43d7b8a7097e. " #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml525(title) msgid "Restore using incremental backups" msgstr "Restaurer en utilisant les sauvegardes incrémentales" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml526(para) msgid "" "Now assume that your guest1 database instance is damaged " "and you need to restore it from your incremental backups. In this example, " "you use the trove command to create a new database instance" " called guest2." msgstr "Supposons maintenant que l'instance de votre base de donnée guest1 est abimée et que vous avez besoin de la restaurer à partir de vos sauvegardes incrémentales. Dans cet exemple, vous utilisez la commande trove pour créer une nouvelle instance de base de donnée appelée guest2." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml530(para) msgid "" "To incorporate your incremental backups, you simply use the " "--backup parameter to pass in the " "BACKUP_ID of your most recent incremental backup." " The Database service handles the complexities of applying the chain of all " "previous incremental backups." msgstr "Pour incorporer vos sauvegardes incrémentales, vous utilisez simplement le paramètre --backup pour passer dans BACKUP_ID de votre sauvegarde incrémentale la plus récente. Le service Base de donnée de charge de la complexité de l'application du chaînage de toutes les sauvegardes incrémentales. " #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml556(title) msgid "Manage database configuration" msgstr "Gestion de la configuration de la base de donnée" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml557(para) msgid "" "You can manage database configuration tasks by using configuration groups. " "Configuration groups let you set configuration options, in bulk, on one or " "more databases." msgstr "Vous pouvez gérer les tâches de configuration de la base de donnée en utilisant les groupes de configuration. Les groupes de configuration vous laissent positionner les options de configurations, par morceaux sur une ou plusieurs bases de donnée." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml559(para) msgid "" "This example assumes you have created a MySQL " "database and shows you how to use a configuration group to configure " "it. Although this example sets just one option on one database, you can use " "these same procedures to set multiple options on multiple database instances" " throughout your environment. This can provide significant time savings in " "managing your cloud." msgstr "Cet exemple suppose que vous avez created a MySQL database et vous affiche comment utiliser un groupe de configuration pour le configurer. Bien que cet exemple positionne juste une option sur une seule base de donnée, vous pouvez utiliser les mêmes procédures pour positionner plusieurs options sur plusieurs instance de base de donnée dans tout votre environnement. Ceci peut vous fournir un gain de temps significatif dans la gestion de votre cloud. " #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml565(title) msgid "To bulk-configure a database or databases" msgstr "Pour configurer par morceaux une base de donnée ou des bases de donnée" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml567(title) msgid "List available options" msgstr "Lister les options disponibles" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml568(para) msgid "" "First, determine which configuration options you can set. Different data " "store versions have different configuration options." msgstr "Premièrement, déterminer quelles options de configuration vous pouvez positionner. Différentes versions du stockage de donnée ont différentes options de configuration." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml570(para) msgid "" "List the names and IDs of all available versions of the " "mysql data store:" msgstr "Lister les noms et les ID de toutes les versions disponibles du stockage de donnée mysql :" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml578(para) msgid "" "Pass in the data store version ID with the trove command to" " get the available options:" msgstr "Passer l'ID de la version du stockage de donnée avec la commande trove pour obtenir les options disponibles :" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml581(replaceable) msgid "DATASTORE_VERSION_ID" msgstr "ID_VERSION_STOCKAGE_DONNÉE" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml620(para) msgid "" "In this example, the command returns a list of options that" " work with MySQL 5.5." msgstr "Dans cet exemple, la commande retourne une liste d'options qui fonctionne avec MySQL 5.5." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml624(title) msgid "Create a configuration group" msgstr "Créer un groupe de configuration" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml625(para) msgid "" "A configuration group contains a comma-separated list of key-value pairs. " "Each pair consists of a configuration option and its value." msgstr "Un groupe de configuration contient une liste de paires de clés séparées par des virgules. Chaque paires consiste en une option de configuration et sa valeur. " #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml627(para) msgid "" "You can create a configuration group by using the trove " "command. The general syntax for this command is:" msgstr "Vous pouvez créer un groupe de configuration en utilisant la commande trove . La syntaxe générale de cette commande est :" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml630(replaceable) msgid "VALUES" msgstr "VALEURS" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml633(para) msgid "" "NAME. The name you want to use for this group." msgstr "NOM. Le nom que vous voulez utiliser pour ce groupe." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml636(para) msgid "VALUES. The list of key-value pairs." msgstr "VALEURS. La liste des valeurs de paires de clés ." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml639(para) msgid "" "DATASTORE_NAME. The name of the associated data " "store." msgstr "DATASTORE_NAME. Le nom associé au stockage de donnée. " #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml643(para) msgid "" "Set VALUES as a JSON dictionary, for example:" msgstr "Positionner VALUES comme un dictionnaire JSON, par exemple :" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml645(para) msgid "" "This example creates a configuration group called group1." " group1 contains just one key and value pair, and this " "pair sets the option to 1." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml660(title) msgid "Examine your existing configuration" msgstr "Examiner votre configuration existante" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml661(para) msgid "" "Before you use the newly-created configuration group, look at how the " " option is configured on your database. Replace the " "following sample connection values with values that connect to your " "database:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml673(para) msgid "" "As you can see, the option is currently set to " "0 for the myDB7 database." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml677(title) msgid "Change the database configuration using a configuration group" msgstr "Changer la configuration de la base de donnée en utilisant un groupe de configuration" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml678(para) msgid "" "You can change a database's configuration by attaching a configuration group" " to a database instance. You do this by using the trove " "command and passing in the ID of the database instance and the ID of the " "configuration group." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml681(para) msgid "Get the ID of the database instance:" msgstr "Obtenir l'ID de l'instance de la base de donnée :" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml688(para) msgid "Get the ID of the configuration group:" msgstr "Obtenir l'ID du groupe de configuration :" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml695(para) msgid "Attach the configuration group to the database instance:" msgstr "Attacher un groupe de configuration à une instance de base de donnée :" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml697(para) msgid "" "This command syntax pertains only to python-troveclient version 1.0.6 and " "later. Earlier versions require you to pass in the configuration group ID as" " the first argument." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml699(replaceable) msgid "DB_INSTANCE_ID" msgstr "ID_INSTANCE_DB" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml699(replaceable) msgid "CONFIG_GROUP_ID" msgstr "ID_GROUPE_CONFIGURATION" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml702(title) msgid "Re-examine the database configuration" msgstr "Ré-examiner la configuration de la base de donnée" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml703(para) msgid "Display the setting again:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml710(para) msgid "" "As you can see, the option is now set to " "1, as specified in the group1 " "configuration group." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml716(title) msgid "Conclusion" msgstr "Conclusion" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml717(para) msgid "" "Using a configuration group to set a single option on a single database is " "obviously a trivial example. However, configuration groups can provide major" " efficiencies when you consider that:" msgstr "Utiliser un groupe de configuration pour positionner une seule option sur une seule base de donnée est évidemment un exemple trivial. Cependant, les groupes de configuration peuvent fournir une efficacité majeure quand vous considérez ceci : " #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml723(para) msgid "A configuration group can specify a large number of option values." msgstr "Un groupe de configuration peut spécifier un large nombre de valeurs optionnelles." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml726(para) msgid "" "You can apply a configuration group to hundreds or thousands of database " "instances in your environment." msgstr "Vous pouvez appliquer un groupe de configuration à des centaines de milliers d'instances de base de données dans votre environnement." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml730(para) msgid "" "Used in this way, configuration groups let you modify your database cloud " "configuration, on the fly, on a massive scale." msgstr "Utilisés ainsi, les groupes de configuration vous laissent modifier votre configuration de base de donnée de cloud, à la volée, sur de grandes échelles." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml733(title) msgid "Maintenance" msgstr "Maintenance" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml734(para) msgid "" "There are also a number of useful maintenance features for working with " "configuration groups. You can:" msgstr "Il y a aussi un certain nombre de fonctionnalités utiles de maintenance pour travailler avec les groupes de configuration. Vous pouvez :" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml739(para) msgid "" "Disassociate a configuration group from a database instance, using the trove" " command." msgstr "Dissocier un groupe de configuration d'une instance de base de donnée, en utilisant la commande trove ." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml743(para) msgid "" "Modify a configuration group on the fly, using the trove " "command." msgstr "Modifier un groupe de configuration à la volée, en utilisant la commande trove ." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml747(para) msgid "" "Find out what instances are using a configuration group, using the trove " " command." msgstr "Découvrir quelles instances utilisent un groupe de configuration, en utilisant la commande trove ." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml751(para) msgid "" "Delete a configuration group, using the trove command. You " "might want to do this if no instances use a group." msgstr "Supprimer un groupe de configuration, en utilisant la commande trove . Vous voudrez peut-être faire ceci si aucune instance utilise ce groupe. " #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml757(title) msgid "Set up database replication" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml758(para) msgid "" "You can create a replica of an existing database instance. When you make " "subsequent changes to the original instance, the system automatically " "applies those changes to the replica." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml761(para) msgid "Replicas are read-only." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml764(para) msgid "" "When you create a replica, do not specify the or " " options." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml767(para) msgid "" "You can choose a smaller volume or flavor for a replica than for the " "original, but the replica's volume must be big enough to hold the data " "snapshot from the original." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml770(para) msgid "This example shows you how to replicate a MySQL database instance." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml772(title) msgid "To set up replication" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml774(title) msgid "Get the instance ID" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml775(para) msgid "Get the ID of the original instance you want to replicate:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml784(title) msgid "Create the replica" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml785(para) msgid "" "Create a new instance that will be a replica of the original instance. You " "do this by passing in the option with the trove " " command. This example creates a replica called " "replica_1. replica_1 is a replica of " "the original instance, base_1:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml786(replaceable) msgid "ID_OF_ORIGINAL_INSTANCE" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml789(title) msgid "Verify replication status" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml790(para) msgid "" "Pass in replica_1's instance ID with the trove " " command to verify that the newly created " "replica_1 instance is a replica of the original " "base_1. Note that the replica_of " "property is set to the ID of base_1." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml791(replaceable) msgid "INSTANCE_ID_OF_REPLICA_1" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml806(para) msgid "" "Now pass in base_1's instance ID with the trove " " command to list the replica(s) associated with the original" " instance. Note that the replicas property is set to the " "ID of replica_1. If there are multiple replicas, they " "appear as a comma-separated list." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml807(replaceable) msgid "INSTANCE_ID_OF_BASE_1" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml826(title) msgid "Detach the replica" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml827(para) msgid "" "If the original instance goes down, you can detach the replica. The replica " "becomes a standalone database instance. You can then take the new standalone" " instance and create a new replica of that instance." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml828(para) msgid "You detach a replica using the trove command:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml829(replaceable) msgid "INSTANCE_ID_OF_REPLICA" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml834(title) msgid "Set up database clustering" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml835(para) msgid "" "You can store data across multiple machines by setting up MongoDB sharded " "clusters." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml836(para) msgid "Each cluster includes:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml839(para) msgid "" "One or more shards. Each shard consists of a three " "member replica set (three instances organized as a replica set)." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml842(para) msgid "" "One or more query routers. A query router is the " "machine that your application actually connects to. This machine is " "responsible for communicating with the config server to figure out where the" " requested data is stored. It then accesses and returns the data from the " "appropriate shard(s)." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml845(para) msgid "" "One or more config servers. Config servers store the " "metadata that links requested data with the shard that contains it." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml848(para) msgid "This example shows you how to set up a MongoDB sharded cluster." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml851(title) msgid "Before you begin" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml852(para) msgid "Make sure that:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml856(para) msgid "" "The administrative user has registered a MongoDB datastore type and version." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml859(para) msgid "" "The administrative user has created an appropriate flavor that meets the MongoDB minimum " "requirements." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml864(title) msgid "To set up clustering" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml866(title) msgid "Create a cluster" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml867(para) msgid "" "Create a cluster by using the trove command. This command " "creates a one-shard cluster. Pass in:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml870(para) msgid "The name of the cluster." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml873(para) msgid "The name and version of the datastore you want to use." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml876(para) msgid "" "The three instances you want to include in the replication set for the first" " shard. Specify each instance by using the argument and the" " associated flavor ID and volume size. Use the same flavor ID and volume " "size for each instance. In this example, flavor 7 is a " "custom flavor that meets the MongoDB minimum requirements." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml896(title) msgid "Display cluster information" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml897(para) msgid "" "Display information about a cluster by using the trove " "command. Pass in the ID of the cluster." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml898(para) msgid "" "The cluster ID display when you first create a cluster. (If you need to find" " it later on, use the trove command to list the names and " "IDs of all the clusters in your system.)" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml899(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml924(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml965(replaceable) msgid "CLUSTER_ID" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml916(title) msgid "Your application connects to this IP address" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml917(para) msgid "" "The trove command displays the IP address of the query " "router. This is the IP address your application uses to retrieve data from " "the database." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml922(title) msgid "List cluster instances" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml923(para) msgid "" "List the instances in a cluster by using the trove command." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml933(title) msgid "Naming conventions for replication sets and instances" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml934(para) msgid "" "Note that the Name column displays an instance name that " "includes the replication set name. The replication set names and instance " "names are automatically generated, following these rules:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml939(title) msgid "Replication set name" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml940(para) msgid "" "This name consists of the cluster name, followed by the string " "-rsn, where n is 1 for" " the first replication set you create, 2 for the second replication set, and" " so on. In this example, the cluster name is cluster1, " "and there is only one replication set, so the replication set name is " "cluster1-rs1." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml945(title) msgid "Instance name" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml946(para) msgid "" "This name consists of the replication set name followed by the string " "-n, where n is 1 for " "the first instance in a replication set, 2 for the the second instance, and " "so on. In this example, the instance names are " "cluster1-rs1-1, cluster1-rs1-2, and " "cluster1-rs1-3." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml952(title) msgid "List clusters" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml953(para) msgid "" "List all the clusters in your system, using the trove " "command." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml963(title) msgid "Delete a cluster" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml964(para) msgid "Delete a cluster, using the trove command." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml969(title) msgid "Query routers and config servers" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_trove.xml970(para) msgid "" "Each cluster includes at least one query router and one config server. Query" " routers and config servers count against your quota. When you delete a " "cluster, the system deletes the associated query router(s) and config " "server(s)." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-versioning.xml10(title) msgid "Object versioning" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-versioning.xml11(para) msgid "" "You can store multiple versions of your content so that you can recover from" " unintended overwrites. Object versioning is an easy way to implement " "version control, which you can use with any type of content." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-versioning.xml16(para) msgid "" "You cannot version a large-object manifest file, but the large-object " "manifest file can point to versioned segments." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-versioning.xml20(para) msgid "" "We strongly recommended that you put non-current objects in a different " "container than the container where current object versions reside." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-versioning.xml24(title) msgid "To enable and use object versioning" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-versioning.xml26(para) msgid "" "To enable object versioning, ask your cloud provider to set the " " option to TRUE in the container " "configuration file." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-versioning.xml32(para) msgid "" "Create an archive container to store older versions of " "objects:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-versioning.xml42(para) msgid "" "Create a current container to store current versions of " "objects." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-versioning.xml44(para) msgid "" "Include the X-Versions-Location header. This header " "defines the container that holds the non-current versions of your objects. " "You must UTF-8-encode and then URL-encode the container name before you " "include it in the X-Versions-Location header. This header " "enables object versioning for all objects in the current " "container. Changes to objects in the current container " "automatically create non-current versions in the archive " "container." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-versioning.xml63(para) msgid "" "Create the first version of an object in the current " "container:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-versioning.xml73(para) msgid "" "Nothing is written to the non-current version container when you initially " "an object in the current container. However, subsequent requests that edit " "an object trigger the creation of a version of that object in the archive " "container." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-versioning.xml79(para) msgid "These non-current versions are named as follows:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-versioning.xml82(para) msgid "" "Where length is the 3-character, zero-padded hexadecimal " "character length of the object, <object_name> is " "the object name, and <timestamp> is the time when " "the object was initially created as a current version." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-versioning.xml89(para) msgid "" "Create a second version of the object in the current " "container:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-versioning.xml101(para) msgid "" "Issue a request to a versioned object to get the current version of the " "object. You do not have to do any request redirects or metadata lookups." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-versioning.xml104(para) msgid "" "List older versions of the object in the archive " "container:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-versioning.xml119(para) msgid "" "A request to a versioned object updates only the metadata for the object and" " does not create a new version of the object. New versions are created only " "when the content of the object changes." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-versioning.xml127(para) msgid "" "Issue a request to a versioned object to remove the current version of the " "object and replace it with the next-most current version in the non-current " "container." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-versioning.xml137(para) msgid "" "List objects in the archive container to show that the " "archived object was moved back to the current container:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-versioning.xml151(para) msgid "" "This next-most current version carries with it any metadata last set on it. " "If you want to completely remove an object and you have five versions of it," " you must it five times." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-versioning.xml157(para) msgid "" "To disable object versioning for the current container, " "remove its X-Versions-Location metadata header by sending" " an empty key value." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml7(title) msgid "Launch and manage instances" msgstr "Lancer et gérer l'instances" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml10(para) msgid "" "You can launch an " "instance from the following sources:" msgstr "Vous pouvez lancer une instance à partir des sources suivantes:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml13(para) msgid "" "Images uploaded to the OpenStack Image Service, as described in ." msgstr "Les images chargées dans le Service Image d'OpenStack sont décrites dans ." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml15(para) msgid "" "Image that you have copied to a persistent volume. The instance launches " "from the volume, which is provided by the cinder-volume API through iSCSI." msgstr "Image que vous avez copiée dans une volume persistent. L'instance est lancée depuis un volume, qui est fourni par l'API cinder-volume à travers iSCSI." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml24(title) msgid "Connect to your instance by using SSH" msgstr "Connectez-vous à votre instance en utilisant SSH" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml25(para) msgid "" "To use SSH to connect to your instance, you use the downloaded keypair file." msgstr "Pour utiliser SSH pour se connecter à votre instance, vous utilisez le fichier téléchargé de paire de clés. " #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml28(para) msgid "" "The user name is ubuntu for the Ubuntu cloud images on " "TryStack." msgstr "Le nom d'utilisateur est ubuntu pour les images cloud Ubuntu sur TryStack" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml33(para) msgid "Copy the IP address for your instance." msgstr "Copie l'adresse IP pour votre instance." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml36(para) msgid "" "Use the command to make a secure connection to the " "instance. For example:" msgstr "Utiliser la commande pour effectuer une connexion sécurisée vers l'instance. Par exemple :" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml42(para) msgid "At the prompt, type yes." msgstr "Sur l'invite de commande, tappez yes." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml48(title) msgid "Track usage for instances" msgstr "Suivi de l'usage des instances" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml49(para) msgid "" "You can track usage for instances for each project. You can track costs per " "month by showing metrics like number of vCPUs, disks, RAM, and uptime for " "all your instances." msgstr "Vous pouvez suivre les utilisations des instances pour chaque projet. Vous pouvez suivre les coûts par mois en affichant les métriques comme le nombre de vCPU, de disques, de RAM et la durée de fonctionnement de toutes vos instances." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml55(para) msgid "" "Log in to the dashboard, choose a project, and click " "Overview." msgstr "Se connecter au tableau de bord, choisir un projet et cliquer Aperçu." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml59(para) msgid "" "To query the instance usage for a month, select a month and click " "Submit." msgstr "Pour afficher l'utilisation de l'instance pur un mois, sélectionnez un mois et cliquez sur Envoyer." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml64(para) msgid "" "To download a summary, click Download CSV Summary." msgstr "Pour télécharger un résumé, cliquez sur Télécharger le résumé CSV." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml73(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml99(para) msgid "" "Log in to the dashboard, choose a project, and click " "Instances." msgstr "Se connecter au tableau de bord, choisir un projet et cliquer Instances." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml77(para) msgid "Select the instance from which to create a snapshot." msgstr "Sélectionner une instance pour créer un instantané." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml80(para) msgid "" "In the Actions column, click Create " "Snapshot." msgstr "Dans la colonne Actions, cliquer Créer un Instantané." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml84(para) msgid "" "In the Create Snapshot dialog box, enter a name for the snapshot, and click " "Create Snapshot." msgstr "Dans la boite de dialogue Créer un Instantané, entrer un nom pour l'instantané et cliquer Créer un Instantané." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml86(para) msgid "The Images category shows the instance snapshot." msgstr "La catégorie Images affiche les instantanés d'instance." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml90(para) msgid "" "To launch an instance from the snapshot, select the snapshot and click " "Launch. Proceed with ." msgstr "Pour lancer une instance depuis un instantané, sélectionnez l'instantané et cliquez sur Launch. Procéder à la section intitulée ." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml96(title) msgid "Manage an instance" msgstr "Manager une instance." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml103(para) msgid "Select an instance." msgstr "Sélectionner une instance." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml106(para) msgid "" "In the More list in the Actions " "column, select the state." msgstr "Dans la liste Plus dans la colonne Actions, sélectionner l'état." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_launch_instances.xml108(para) msgid "" "You can resize or rebuild an instance. You can also choose to view the " "instance console log, edit instance or the security groups. Depending on the" " current state of the instance, you can pause, resume, suspend, soft or hard" " reboot, or terminate it." msgstr "Vous pouvez redimensionner ou reconstruire une instance. Vous pouvez aussi choisir d'afficher le journal de la console de l'instance. Suivant l'état courant de l'instance, vous pouvez faire une pause, reprendre, suspendre, faire un redémarrage soft ou hard ou mettre fin à l'instance. " #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-discoverability.xml7(title) msgid "Discoverability" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-discoverability.xml8(para) msgid "" "Your Object Storage system might not enable all features that this document " "describes. These features are:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-discoverability.xml15(para) msgid " (bulk upload)" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-discoverability.xml28(para) msgid "" "To discover which features are enabled in your Object Storage system, use " "the /info request." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-discoverability.xml30(para) msgid "" "To use the /info request, send a request using the /info " "path to the Object Store endpoint as shown in this example:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-discoverability.xml34(para) msgid "This example shows a response body:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-discoverability.xml75(para) msgid "" "The output shows that the Object Storage system has enabled the following " "features:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-discoverability.xml80(para) msgid "Staticweb" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-discoverability.xml83(para) msgid "Temporary URL including allowed methods." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-discoverability.xml86(para) msgid "Bulk upload (Archive-auto-extract)" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-discoverability.xml89(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-bulk-delete.xml8(title) msgid "Bulk delete" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-discoverability.xml92(para) msgid "Cross domain" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-discoverability.xml95(para) msgid "Account and container quota information" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-discoverability.xml99(para) msgid "" "Additionally, the output shows the swift version and various constraints " "that have been applied to the Object Storage system." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-discoverability.xml104(para) msgid "" "In some cases, the /info request will return an error. " "This could be because your service provider has disabled the " "/info request function, or because you are using an older" " version that does not support it." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_userdata.xml7(title) msgid "Provide user data to instances" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_userdata.xml8(para) msgid "" "A user data file is a special " "key in the metadata service that holds a file that cloud-aware applications " "in the guest instance can access. For example, one application that uses " "user data is the cloud-init system, which is an open-source package from Ubuntu " "that is available on various Linux distributions and which handles early " "initialization of a cloud instance." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_userdata.xml15(para) msgid "" "You can place user data in a local file and pass it through the --user-data <user-data-file> parameter at instance " "creation:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_get_console.xml7(title) msgid "Access an instance through a console" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_get_console.xml8(para) msgid "" "In order to see the console output of an instance, regardless of whether or " "not the console log has output, either VNC or SPICE is used. This allows for" " relaying keyboard and mouse activity to and from the instance in question." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_get_console.xml12(para) msgid "" "There are three common remote console access methods in use with OpenStack:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_get_console.xml15(term) msgid "novnc" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_get_console.xml16(para) msgid "An in-browser VNC client implemented using HTML5 Canvas and WebSockets" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_get_console.xml19(term) msgid "spice" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_get_console.xml20(para) msgid "" "A complete in-browser client solution for interaction with virtualized " "instances" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_get_console.xml23(term) msgid "xvpvnc" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_get_console.xml24(para) msgid "A Java client offering console access to an instance" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_get_console.xml28(para) msgid "Example:" msgstr "Exemple:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_get_console.xml29(para) msgid "" "To access an instance through a remote console, run the following command:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_get_console.xml30(replaceable) msgid "VNC_TYPE" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_get_console.xml31(para) msgid "The command returns a URL from which you can access your instance:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_get_console.xml37(para) msgid "" "VNC_TYPE can be replaced by any of the above " "values as connection types." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_get_console.xml39(para) msgid "" "When using SPICE to view the console of an instance, a browser plugin can be" " used directly on the instance page, or the command can be " "used with it, as well, by returning a token-authenticated address such as " "the one above." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_get_console.xml44(para) msgid "" "For further information and comparisons (including security considerations, " "please see the security guide." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/ch_cli.xml10(title) msgid "OpenStack command-line clients" msgstr "Openstack line de commande clients" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml9(para) msgid "" "To use the information in this section, you should have a general " "understanding of OpenStack Networking, OpenStack Compute, and the " "integration between the two. You should also have access to a plug-in that " "implements the Networking API v2.0." msgstr "Pour utiliser l'information dans cette section, vous devez avoir connaissance générale de OpenStack Networking, OpenStack Compute et de l’intégration entre les deux. Vous devez avoir accès au plug-in qui implémente l'API Networking v2.0." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml16(para) msgid "Make sure that you set the relevant environment variables." msgstr "Assurez-vous que vous avez positionné les variables d'environnement concernées." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml18(para) msgid "" "As an example, see the sample shell file that sets these variables to get " "credentials:" msgstr "A titre d'exemple, voir les fichiers shell qui positionnent ces variables pour obtenir les identifiants:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml21(replaceable) msgid "password" msgstr "Mot de passe" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml23(replaceable) msgid "IPADDRESS" msgstr "ADRESSE IP" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml26(title) msgid "Get credentials" msgstr "Obtenir les identifiants" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml27(para) msgid "" "The examples in this section use the get_credentials method:" msgstr "Les exemples dans cette section utilise la méthode get_credentials:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml39(para) msgid "" "Use the get_credentials() method to populate and get a " "dictionary:" msgstr "Utiliser la méthode get_credentials() pour remplir et obtenir un dictionnaire:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml44(title) msgid "Get Nova credentials" msgstr "Obtenir les identifiants Nova" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml45(para) msgid "" "Few examples in this section use the get_nova_credentials " "method:" msgstr "Quelques exemples dans cette section utilise la méthode get_nova_credentials:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml57(para) msgid "" "Use the get_nova_credentials() method to populate and get a " "dictionary:" msgstr "Utiliser la méthode get_nova_credentials() pour remplir et obtenir un dictionnaire:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml63(title) msgid "Print values" msgstr "Imprimer les valeurs" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml64(para) msgid "" "The examples in this section use the print_values and " "print_values_server methods:" msgstr "Les exemples de cette section utilisent les méthodes print_values et print_values_server:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml95(para) msgid "" "This code resides in the utils.py file, which all " "samples import." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml100(para) msgid "The following program creates a network:" msgstr "Les programmes suivant créent un réseau:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml126(title) msgid "List networks" msgstr "Lister les réseaux" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml127(para) msgid "The following program lists networks:" msgstr "Les programmes suivants listent les réseaux:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml138(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml197(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml438(para) msgid "" "For print_values see ." msgstr "Pour print_values voir ." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml143(title) msgid "Create ports" msgstr "Créer des ports" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml144(para) msgid "The following program creates a port:" msgstr "Les programmes suivant créent un port:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml175(para) msgid "" "For get_nova_credentials see ." msgstr "Pour get_nova_credentials voir ." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml178(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml194(para) msgid "" "For get_credentials see ." msgstr "Pour get_credentials voir ." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml183(title) msgid "List ports" msgstr "Liste de ports" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml184(para) msgid "The following program lists ports:" msgstr "Les programmes suivants listent des ports:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml202(title) msgid "List server ports" msgstr "Liste des ports de serveur" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml203(para) msgid "The following program lists the ports for a server:" msgstr "Les programmes suivants listent les ports pour un serveur:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml239(title) msgid "Create router and add port to subnet" msgstr "Créer un routeur et ajouter un port au sous-réseau" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml240(para) msgid "" "This example queries OpenStack Networking to create a router and add a port " "to a subnet." msgstr "Cet exemple demande à Gestion du Réseau OpenStack de créer un routeur et d'ajouter un port au sous-réseau." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml243(title) msgid "To create a router and add a port to a subnet" msgstr "Pour créer un routeur et ajouter un port au sous-réseau." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml254(para) msgid "" "Get Nova Credentials. See ." msgstr "Obtenir les identifiants Nova. Voir ." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml266(para) msgid "Create a router and add a port to the subnet:" msgstr "Créer un routeur et ajouter un port au sous-réseau:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml296(title) msgid "Create router: complete code listing" msgstr "Créer un routeur: la liste complète du code" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml335(title) msgid "Delete a network" msgstr "Supprimer un réseau" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml336(para) msgid "This example queries OpenStack Networking to delete a network." msgstr "Cet exemple demande à Gestion du Réseau OpenStack de supprimer un réseau." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml339(title) msgid "To delete a network" msgstr "Pour supprimer un réseau" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml346(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml422(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml472(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml521(para) msgid "Get credentials. See ." msgstr "Pour obtenir les identifiants. Voir ." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml351(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml427(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml477(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml526(para) msgid "" "Instantiate the neutron client object by using the " "credentials dictionary object:" msgstr "Instancier l'objet client neutron en utilisant l'objet dictionnaire credentials:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml358(para) msgid "Delete the network:" msgstr "Supprimer un réseau:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml380(title) msgid "Delete network: complete code listing" msgstr "Supprimer un réseau: listing complet du code" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml410(title) msgid "List routers" msgstr "Liste de routeurs" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml411(para) msgid "This example queries OpenStack Networking to list all routers." msgstr "Cet exemple demande à Gestion du Réseau OpenStack de lister tous les routeurs." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml414(title) msgid "To list routers" msgstr "Pour lister les routeurs" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml434(para) msgid "List the routers" msgstr "Liste les routeurs" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml444(title) msgid "List routers: complete code listing" msgstr "Liste des routeurs: listing complet du code" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml460(title) msgid "List security groups" msgstr "Liste les groupes de sécurité" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml461(para) msgid "This example queries OpenStack Networking to list security groups." msgstr "Cet exemple demande à gestion du Réseau OpenStack de lister les groupes de sécurité." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml464(title) msgid "To list security groups" msgstr "Pour lister les groupes de sécurité" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml484(para) msgid "List Security groups" msgstr "Liste les groupes de Sécurité" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml490(title) msgid "List security groups: complete code listing" msgstr "Liste des groupes de sécurité: listing complet du code" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml502(para) msgid "" "OpenStack Networking security groups are case-sensitive while the " "nova-network security groups are " "case-insensitive." msgstr "Les groupes de sécurité de Gestion du Réseau OpenStack sont sensibles à la casse alors que les groupes de sécurité de nova-network ne sont pas sensibles à la casse." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml509(title) msgid "List subnets" msgstr "Liste des sous-réseaux" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml510(para) msgid "This example queries OpenStack Networking to list subnets." msgstr "Cet exemple demande à gestion du Réseau OpenStack de lister les sous-réseaux." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml513(title) msgid "To list subnets" msgstr "Pour lister les sous-réseaux" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml533(para) msgid "List subnets:" msgstr "Liste des sous-réseaux:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_neutron.xml539(title) msgid "List subnets: complete code listing" msgstr "Liste des sous-réseaux : listing complet du code" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-response-formats.xml10(title) msgid "Serialized response formats" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-response-formats.xml11(para) msgid "" "By default, the Object Storage API uses a text/plain " "response format. In addition, both JSON and XML data serialization response " "formats are supported." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-response-formats.xml16(para) msgid "" "To run the cURL command examples, you must export environment variables." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-response-formats.xml20(para) msgid "To define the response format, use one of these methods:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-response-formats.xml25(th) msgid "Method" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-response-formats.xml31(para) msgid "format=format query parameter" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-response-formats.xml34(para) msgid "" "Append this parameter to the URL for a GET request, where " "format is json or xml." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-response-formats.xml42(para) msgid "Accept request header" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-response-formats.xml45(para) msgid "" "Include this header in the GET request. The valid " "header values are:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-response-formats.xml51(para) msgid "Plain text response format. The default." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-response-formats.xml56(code) msgid "application/jsontext" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-response-formats.xml58(para) msgid "JSON data serialization response format." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-response-formats.xml63(term) msgid "application/xmlor text/xml" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-response-formats.xml66(para) msgid "XML data serialization response format." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-response-formats.xml76(title) msgid "JSON example with format query parameter" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-response-formats.xml77(para) msgid "" "For example, this request uses the format query parameter" " to ask for a JSON response:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-response-formats.xml92(para) msgid "" "Object Storage lists container names with additional information in JSON " "format:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-response-formats.xml108(title) msgid "XML example with Accept header" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-response-formats.xml109(para) msgid "" "This request uses the Accept request header to ask for an" " XML response:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-response-formats.xml123(para) msgid "" "Object Storage lists container names with additional information in XML " "format:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-response-formats.xml138(para) msgid "" "The remainder of the examples in this guide use standard, non-serialized " "responses. However, all GET requests that perform " "list operations accept the format query parameter or " "Accept request header." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-large-lists.xml7(title) msgid "Page through large lists of containers or objects" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-large-lists.xml8(para) msgid "" "If you have a large number of containers or objects, you can use the " "marker, limit, and " "end_marker parameters to control how many items are " "returned in a list and where the list starts or ends." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-large-lists.xml16(literal) msgid "marker" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-large-lists.xml18(para) msgid "" "When you request a list of containers or objects, Object Storage returns a " "maximum of 10,000 names for each request. To get subsequent names, you must " "make another request with the marker parameter. Set the " "marker parameter to the name of the last item returned in" " the previous list. You must URL-encode the marker value " "before you send the HTTP request. Object Storage returns a maximum of 10,000" " names starting after the last item returned." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-large-lists.xml33(literal) msgid "limit" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-large-lists.xml35(para) msgid "" "To return fewer than 10,000 names, use the limit " "parameter. If the number of names returned equals the specified " "limit (or 10,000 if you omit the limit" " parameter), you can assume there are more names to list. If the number of " "names in the list is exactly divisible by the limit " "value, the last request has no content." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-large-lists.xml47(literal) msgid "end_marker" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-large-lists.xml49(para) msgid "" "Limits the result set to names that are less than the " "end_marker parameter value. You must URL-encode the " "end_marker value before you send the HTTP request." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-large-lists.xml58(title) msgid "To page through a large list of containers" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-large-lists.xml59(para) msgid "Assume the following list of container names:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-large-lists.xml66(para) msgid "Use a limit of two:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-large-lists.xml70(para) msgid "" "Because two container names are returned, there are more names to list." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-large-lists.xml74(para) msgid "" "Make another request with a marker parameter set to the " "name of the last item returned:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-large-lists.xml80(para) msgid "Again, two items are returned, and there might be more." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-large-lists.xml84(para) msgid "" "Make another request with a marker of the last item " "returned:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-large-lists.xml89(para) msgid "" "You receive a one-item response, which is fewer than the " "limit number of names. This indicates that this is the " "end of the list." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-large-lists.xml94(para) msgid "" "Use the end_marker parameter to limit the result set to " "object names that are less than the end_marker parameter " "value:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-large-lists.xml102(para) msgid "" "You receive a result set of all container names before the end-" "marker value." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_auth_nova.xml7(title) msgid "Authenticate against a Compute endpoint" msgstr "S'authentifier sur un point d'accès Compute" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_auth_nova.xml8(para) msgid "" "To authenticate against a Compute endpoint, instantiate a " "novaclient.v_1_1.client.Client object:" msgstr "Pour s'authentifier sur un point d'accès Compute, instanciez un objet novaclient.v_1_1.client.Client :" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_auth_nova.xml19(para) msgid "" "Alternatively, you can instantiate a " "novaclient.client.Client object and pass the version " "number:" msgstr "Alternativement, vous pouvez instancier un objet novaclient.client.Client et passer le numéro de version:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_auth_nova.xml29(para) msgid "" "If you authenticate against an endpoint that uses a custom authentication " "back end, you must load the authentication plug-in and pass it to the " "constructor." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_auth_nova.xml32(para) msgid "" "The Rackspace public cloud is an OpenStack deployment that uses a custom " "authentication back end. To authenticate against this cloud, you must " "install the rackspace-novaclient library that contains the " "Rackspace authentication plug-in, called rackspace. The " "following Python code shows the additional modifications required to " "instantiate a Client object that can authenticate " "against the Rackspace custom authentication back end." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_auth_nova.xml54(para) msgid "" "If you set the OS_AUTH_SYSTEM environment variable, check" " for this variable in your Python script to determine whether you need to " "load a custom authentication back end:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-bulk-delete.xml12(para) msgid "" "With bulk delete, you can delete up to 10,000 objects or containers " "(configurable) in one request." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-bulk-delete.xml15(title) msgid "Bulk delete request" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-bulk-delete.xml16(para) msgid "" "To perform a bulk delete operation, add the bulk-delete " "query parameter to the path of a or operation." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-bulk-delete.xml20(para) msgid "The operation is supported for backwards compatibility." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-bulk-delete.xml23(para) msgid "" "The path is the account, such as /v1/12345678912345, that" " contains the objects and containers." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-bulk-delete.xml26(para) msgid "" "In the request body of the or operation, list the objects or containers to " "be deleted. Separate each name with a newline character. You can include a " "maximum of 10,000 items (configurable) in the list." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-bulk-delete.xml30(para) msgid "In addition, you must:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-bulk-delete.xml33(para) msgid "UTF-8-encode and then URL-encode the names." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-bulk-delete.xml37(para) msgid "" "To indicate an object, specify the container and object name as: " "CONTAINER_NAME/OBJECT_NAME." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-bulk-delete.xml42(para) msgid "" "To indicate a container, specify the container name as: " "CONTAINER_NAME. Make sure that" " the container is empty. If it contains objects, Object Storage cannot " "delete the container." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-bulk-delete.xml50(para) msgid "" "Set the Content-Type request header to " "text/plain." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-bulk-delete.xml56(title) msgid "Bulk delete response" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-bulk-delete.xml57(para) msgid "" "When Object Storage processes the request, it performs multiple sub-" "operations. Even if all sub-operations fail, the operation returns a " "200 status. The bulk operation returns a response" " body that contains details that indicate which sub-operations have " "succeeded and failed. Some sub-operations might succeed while others fail. " "Examine the response body to determine the results of each delete sub-" "operation." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-bulk-delete.xml65(para) msgid "" "You can set the Accept request header to one of the " "following values to define the response format:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-bulk-delete.xml70(para) msgid "" "text/plain. Formats response as plain text. If you omit " "the Accept header, text/plain is the " "default." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-bulk-delete.xml77(para) msgid "application/json. Formats response as JSON." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-bulk-delete.xml81(para) msgid "" "application/xml or text/xml. Formats " "response as XML." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-bulk-delete.xml86(para) msgid "The response body contains the following information:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-bulk-delete.xml90(para) msgid "The number of files actually deleted." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-bulk-delete.xml93(para) msgid "The number of not found objects." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-bulk-delete.xml96(para) msgid "" "Errors. A list of object names and associated error statuses for the objects" " that failed to delete. The format depends on the value that you set in the " "Accept header." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_object-api-bulk-delete.xml103(para) msgid "" "The following bulk delete response is in application/xml " "format. In this example, the mycontainer container is not" " empty, so it cannot be deleted." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_search_ip.xml7(title) msgid "Search for an instance using IP address" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_search_ip.xml8(para) msgid "" "You can search for an instance using the IP address parameter, " "--ip, with the command." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_search_ip.xml11(parameter) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_search_ip.xml14(parameter) msgid "ip" msgstr "ip" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_search_ip.xml12(para) msgid "" "The following example shows the results of a search on " "10.0.0.4." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_search_ip.xml14(replaceable) msgid "10.0.0.4" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml7(title) msgid "Launch and manage stacks" msgstr "Lancer et gérer des piles" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml9(para) msgid "" "OpenStack Orchestration is a service that you can use to orchestrate " "multiple composite cloud applications. This service supports use of both the" " Amazon Web Services (AWS) CloudFormation template format through both a " "Query API that is compatible with CloudFormation and the native OpenStack " "Heat Orchestration Template (HOT) format through a " "REST API." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml31(title) msgid "Launch a stack" msgstr "Lancer une pile" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml34(para) msgid "" "Log in to the dashboard, choose a project, and click " "Stacks in the Orchestration " "category on the Projects tab." msgstr "Se connecter au tableau de bord, choisir un projet et cliquer Piles dans la catégorie Orchestration de l'onglet Projets." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml40(para) msgid "Click Launch Stack." msgstr "Cliquer Lancer la pile ." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml44(para) msgid "" "In the Select Template dialog box, specify the " "following values." msgstr "Dans la boite dialogue Modèle Sélectionné, spécifiez les valeurs suivantes:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml51(guilabel) msgid "Template Source" msgstr "Source du modèle" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml52(para) msgid "Choose the source of the template from the list." msgstr "Choisissez la source du modèle dans la liste. " #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml55(guilabel) msgid "Template URL/File/Data" msgstr "Modèle URL/Fichier/Donnée" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml56(para) msgid "" "Depending on the source that you selected, enter the URL, browse to the file" " location, or directly include the template." msgstr "Suivant la source que vous avez sélectionnée, entrer l'URL, naviguer jusqu'à l'emplacement du fichier ou inclure directement le modèle." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml61(guilabel) msgid "Environment Source" msgstr "Source de l'environnement" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml62(para) msgid "" "Choose the source of the environment from the list. The environment files " "contain additional settings for the stack." msgstr "Choisissez la source de l'environnement dans la liste. Les fichiers d'environnement contiennent des paramètres additionnels pour la pile." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml67(guilabel) msgid "Environment URL/File/Data" msgstr "Environnement URL/Fichier/Donnée" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml68(para) msgid "" "Depending on the source that you selected, enter the URL, browse to the file" " location, or directly include the environment." msgstr "Suivant la source que vous avez sélectionné, entrer l'URL, accéder à l'emplacement du fichier ou inclure directement l'environnement." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml76(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml194(para) msgid "Click Next." msgstr "Cliquer Prochain." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml80(para) msgid "" "In the Launch Stack dialog box, specify the following " "values." msgstr "Dans la boite de dialogue Lancer une Pile, spécifier les valeurs suivantes." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml87(guilabel) msgid "Stack Name" msgstr "Nom de la Pile" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml88(para) msgid "Enter a name to identify the stack." msgstr "Entrer un nom pour identifier la pile." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml91(guilabel) msgid "Creation Timeout (minutes)" msgstr "Délai d'attente à la création (minutes)" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml92(para) msgid "" "Specify the number of minutes that can elapse before the launch of the stack" " times out." msgstr "Spécifier le nombre de minutes qui peut s'écouler avant que le lancement de la pile ne s'interrompt. " #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml96(guilabel) msgid "Rollback On Failure" msgstr "Retour arrière en cas d'échec" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml97(para) msgid "" "Select this check box if you want if you want the service to roll back " "changes if the stack fails to launch." msgstr "Sélectionner cette case si vous voulez que le service revienne aux derniers changements en cas d'échec du lancement de la pile. " #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml102(guilabel) msgid "Password for user \"demo\"" msgstr "mot de passe pour l'utilisateur \"demo\"" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml103(para) msgid "" "Specify the password that the default user uses when the stack is created." msgstr "Spécifier le mot de passe de l'utilisateur par défaut quand la pile est créée." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml107(guilabel) msgid "DBUsername" msgstr "DBUsername" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml108(para) msgid "Specify the name of the database user." msgstr "Spécifier le nom de la base de donnée de l'utilisateur." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml111(guilabel) msgid "LinuxDistribution" msgstr "LinuxDistribution" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml112(para) msgid "Specify the Linux distribution that is used in the stack." msgstr "Spécifier la distribution Linux qui est utilisée dans la pile." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml116(guilabel) msgid "DBRootPassword" msgstr "DBRootPassword" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml117(para) msgid "Specify the root password for the database." msgstr "Spécifier le mot de passe root pour la base de donnée." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml120(guilabel) msgid "KeyName" msgstr "Nom de la clé" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml121(para) msgid "Specify the name of the key pair to use to log in to the stack." msgstr "Spécifier le nom de la paire de clés utilisée pour se connecter à la pile." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml125(guilabel) msgid "DBName" msgstr "DBName" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml126(para) msgid "Specify the name of the database." msgstr "Spécifier un nom pour la base de donnée." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml129(guilabel) msgid "DBPassword" msgstr "DBPassword" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml130(para) msgid "Specify the password for the database." msgstr "Spécifier un mot de passe pour la base de donnée." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml133(guilabel) msgid "InstanceType" msgstr "Type d'instance." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml134(para) msgid "Specify the flavor for the instance." msgstr "Spécifier les spécifications de cette instance." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml140(para) msgid "Click Launch to create a stack." msgstr "Cliquer lancer pour créer une pile" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml144(para) msgid "The Stacks tab shows the stack." msgstr "L'onglet Piles montre la pile. " #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml147(para) msgid "" "After the stack is created, click on the stack name to see the following " "details:" msgstr "Après que la pile soit créée, cliquez sur le nom de la pile pour voir les détails suivants:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml151(guilabel) msgid "Topology" msgstr "Topologie" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml153(para) msgid "The topology of the stack." msgstr "La topologie de la pile." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml157(guilabel) msgid "Overview" msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml159(para) msgid "The parameters and details of the stack." msgstr "Les paramètres et détails de la pile." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml163(guilabel) msgid "Resources" msgstr "Ressources" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml165(para) msgid "The resources used by the stack." msgstr "Les ressources utilisée par la pile." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml169(guilabel) msgid "Events" msgstr "Événements" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml171(para) msgid "The events related to the stack." msgstr "Les évènements liés à la pile." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml177(title) msgid "Manage a stack" msgstr "Gérer une pile" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml180(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml210(para) msgid "" "Log in to the dashboard, choose a project, and click " "Stacks." msgstr "Connectez-vous au tableau de bord, choisissez un projet et cliquez sur Piles." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml184(para) msgid "Select the stack that you want to update." msgstr "Sélectionner la pile que vous voulez mettre à jour." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml187(para) msgid "Click Change Stack Template." msgstr "Cliquer Changer Modèle de Pile." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml190(para) msgid "" "In the Select Template dialog box, select the new " "template source or environment source." msgstr "Dans la boite de dialogue Sélectionnner un Modèle, sélectionnez la source du nouveau modèle ou du nouvel environnement." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml195(para) msgid "The Update Stack Parameters window appears." msgstr "La fenêtre Mise à jour des Paramètres de la Pile apparaît." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml198(para) msgid "Enter new values for any parameters that you want to update." msgstr "Entrer les nouvelles valeurs pour chaque paramètre que vous voulez mettre à jour." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml201(para) msgid "Click Update." msgstr "Cliquer Mise à jour." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml206(title) msgid "Delete a stack" msgstr "Supprimer une pile" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml207(para) msgid "When you delete a stack, you cannot undo this action." msgstr "Quand vous supprimez une pile, vous ne pouvez pas annuler cette action." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml214(para) msgid "Select the stack that you want to delete." msgstr "Sélectionner la pile que vous souhaitez supprimer." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml217(para) msgid "Click Delete Stack." msgstr "Cliquer Supprimer la Pile ." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_stacks.xml221(para) msgid "" "In the confirmation dialog box, click Delete Stack to" " confirm the deletion." msgstr "Dans la boite de dialogue de confirmation, cliquez sur Supprimer Pile pour confirmer la suppression." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_authenticate.xml7(title) msgid "Authenticate" msgstr "Authentifier" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_authenticate.xml8(para) msgid "" "When using the SDK, you must authenticate against an OpenStack endpoint " "before you can use OpenStack services. Each project uses a slightly " "different syntax for authentication." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_authenticate.xml11(para) msgid "" "You must typically authenticate against a specific version of a service. For" " example, a client might need to authenticate against Identity v2.0." msgstr "Vous devez normalement vous authentifier à une version spécifique d'un service. Par exemple, un client pourrait avoir besoin de s'authentifier sur Identity v2.0." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_authenticate.xml14(para) msgid "" "Python scripts that use the OpenStack SDK must have access to the " "credentials contained in the OpenStack RC " "file. Because credentials are sensitive information, do not include " "them in your scripts. This guide assumes that users source the " "PROJECT-openrc.sh file and " "access the credentials by using the environment variables in the Python " "scripts." msgstr "Le scripts Python qui utilisent le SDK OpenStack doivent avoir accès aux identifiants contenus dans le fichier RC OpenStack. Parce que les identifiants sont des informations sensibles, il ne faut pas les inclure dans vos scripts. Ce guide présume que les utilisateurs source le fichier PROJET-openrc.sh et accèdent aux identifiants en utilisant les variables d'environnements dans les scripts Python." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_manage_images.xml9(para) msgid "" "When working with images in the SDK, you will call both " "glance and nova methods." msgstr "En travaillant avec les images du SDK, vous appellerez à la fois les méthodes glance et nova." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_manage_images.xml13(para) msgid "" "To list the available images, call the " "glanceclient.v2.images.Controller.list method:" msgstr "Pour lister les images disponibles, appeler la méthode glanceclient.v2.images.Controller.list :" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_manage_images.xml19(para) msgid "" "The images method returns a Python generator, as " "shown in the following interaction with the Python interpreter:" msgstr "La méthode images retourne un générateur Python, comme le montre l'interaction suivante avec l'interpréteur python:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_manage_images.xml78(title) msgid "Get image by ID" msgstr "Obtenir une image par ID" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_manage_images.xml79(para) msgid "" "To retrieve an image object from its ID, call the " "glanceclient.v2.images.Controller.get method:" msgstr "Pour récupérer un objet image à partir de son ID, appelez la méthode glanceclient.v2.images.Controller.get:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_manage_images.xml89(title) msgid "Get image by name" msgstr "Obtenir une image par nom" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_manage_images.xml90(para) msgid "" "The Image Service Python bindings do not support the retrieval of an image " "object by name. However, the Compute Python bindings enable you to get an " "image object by name. To get an image object by name, call the " "novaclient.v1_1.images.ImageManager.find method:" msgstr "Les liaisons du Service d'Image Python ne ​​prennent pas en charge la récupération d'un objet de l'image par son nom. Toutefois, les liaisons Compute Python vous permettent d'obtenir un objet de l'image par son nom. Pour obtenir un objet de l'image par son nom, appelez la méthode novaclient.v1_1.images.ImageManager.find :" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_manage_images.xml103(para) msgid "" "To upload an image, call the " "glanceclient.v2.images.ImageManager.create method:" msgstr "Pour télécharger une image, appelez la méthode glanceclient.v2.images.ImageManager.create :" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_install.xml7(title) msgid "Install the OpenStack SDK" msgstr "Installer le SDK OpenStack" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_install.xml8(para) msgid "" "Each OpenStack project has its own Python library. These libraries are " "bundled with the command-line clients. For example, the Python bindings for " "the Compute API are bundled with the python-novaclient " "package." msgstr "Chaque projet OpenStack dispose de sa propre bibliothèque Python. Ces bibliothèques sont livrés avec les clients en ligne de commande. Par exemple, les liaisons Python pour l'API Compute sont livrés avec le paquet python-novaclient." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_install.xml12(para) msgid "" "For details about how to install the clients, see install the OpenStack command-line " "clients." msgstr "Pour plus de détails sur la façon d'installer les clients, voir install the OpenStack command-line clients." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml9(para) msgid "" "Before you launch an instance, you should add security group rules to enable" " users to ping and use SSH to connect to the instance. Security groups are " "sets of IP filter rules that define networking access and are applied to all" " instances within a project. To do so, you either add rules to the default security " "group or add a new security group with rules." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml15(para) msgid "" "Key pairs are SSH credentials that are injected into an instance when it is " "launched. To use key pair injection, the image that the instance is based on" " must contain the cloud-init package. Each project should" " have at least one key pair. For more information, see ." msgstr "Les paires de clés sont des identifiants SSH qui sont injectés dans les instances lorsqu'elles sont lancées. Pour utiliser cette injection de paire de clés, l'image sur laquelle est basée l'instance doit contenir le paquet cloud-init. Chaque projet doit avoir au moins une paire de clés. Pour plus d'informations, voir ." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml21(para) msgid "" "If you have generated a key pair with an external tool, you can import it " "into OpenStack. The key pair can be used for multiple instances that belong " "to a project. For more information, see ." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml26(para) msgid "" "When an instance is created in OpenStack, it is automatically assigned a " "fixed IP address in the network to which the instance is assigned. This IP " "address is permanently associated with the instance until the instance is " "terminated. However, in addition to the fixed IP address, a floating IP " "address can also be attached to an instance. Unlike fixed IP addresses, " "floating IP addresses are able to have their associations modified at any " "time, regardless of the state of the instances involved." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml36(title) msgid "Add a rule to the default security group" msgstr "Ajouter une règle au groupe de sécurité par défaut" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml37(para) msgid "" "This procedure enables SSH and ICMP (ping) access to instances. The rules " "apply to all instances within a given project, and should be set for every " "project unless there is a reason to prohibit SSH or ICMP access to the " "instances." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml43(para) msgid "" "This procedure can be adjusted as necessary to add additional security group" " rules to a project, if your cloud requires them." msgstr "Cette procédure peut être améliorée si nécessaire, afin d'ajouter des règles additionnelles au groupe de sécurité d'un projet, si votre cloud le nécessite. " #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml48(para) msgid "" "When adding a rule, you must specify the protocol used with the destination " "port or source port." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml52(para) msgid "" "Log in to the dashboard, choose a project, and click Access & " "Security. The Security Groups tab shows the " "security groups that are available for this project." msgstr "Se connecter au tableau de bord, choisir un projet et cliquer Accès & Sécurité. L'onglet Groupes de Sécurité affiche les groupes de sécurité disponible pour ce projet." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml59(para) msgid "" "Select the default security group and click " "Edit Rules." msgstr "Sélectionner le groupe de sécurité default et cliquer Éditer les règles." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml64(para) msgid "To allow SSH access, click Add Rule." msgstr "Pour autoriser l'accès ssh, cliquer Ajouter une règle." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml68(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml111(para) msgid "In the Add Rule dialog box, enter the following values:" msgstr "Dans la boite de dialogue Ajouter une Règle, entrer les valeurs suivantes:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml75(guilabel) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml117(guilabel) msgid "Rule" msgstr "Règle" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml77(literal) msgid "SSH" msgstr "SSH" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml81(guilabel) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml125(guilabel) msgid "Remote" msgstr "Distant" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml90(literal) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml130(literal) msgid "0.0.0.0/0" msgstr "0.0.0.0/0" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml96(para) msgid "" "To accept requests from a particular range of IP addresses, specify the IP " "address block in the CIDR box." msgstr "Pour accepter les demandes d'une plage d'adresse particulière, indiquer le bloc d'adresse dans la CIDR liste" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml102(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml135(para) msgid "Click Add." msgstr "Cliquer Ajouter ." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml103(para) msgid "" "Instances will now have SSH port 22 open for requests from any IP address." msgstr "Les instances auront maintenant le port SSH 22 ouvert pour les requêtes de n'importe quelle adresse IP." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml107(para) msgid "To add an ICMP rule, click Add Rule." msgstr "Pour ajouter une règle ICMP, cliquer Ajouter une Règle ." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml118(literal) msgid "All ICMP" msgstr "All ICMP" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml121(guilabel) msgid "Direction" msgstr "Direction" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml122(literal) msgid "Ingress" msgstr "Entrée" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml136(para) msgid "Instances will now accept all incoming ICMP packets." msgstr "Les instances accepteront maintenant les paquets ICMP entrants." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml143(para) msgid "Create at least one key pair for each project." msgstr "Créer au moins une paire de clés pour chaque projet." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml146(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml175(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml243(para) msgid "" "Log in to the dashboard, choose a project, and click Access & " "Security." msgstr "Se connecter au tableau de bord, choisir un projet et cliquer Accès & Sécurité." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml151(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml180(para) msgid "" "Click the Keypairs tab, which shows the key pairs that " "are available for this project." msgstr "Cliquer sur l'onglet Paire de Clés, qui affiche les paires de clés disponibles pour ce projet." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml156(para) msgid "Click Create Keypair." msgstr "Cliquer Créer une paire de clés ." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml160(para) msgid "" "In the Create Keypair dialog box, enter a name for your key pair, and click " "Create Keypair." msgstr "Dans la boite de dialogue Créer une Paire de clés, entrer un nom pour votre paire de clés et cliquer Créer une Paire de Clés." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml166(para) msgid "Respond to the prompt to download the key pair." msgstr "Répondre au prompt pour télécharger la paire de clés." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml185(para) msgid "Click Import Keypair." msgstr "Cliquer Importer la paire de clés ." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml189(para) msgid "" "In the Import Keypair dialog box, enter the name of your key pair, copy the " "public key into the Public Key box, and then click " "Import Keypair." msgstr "Dans la boite de dialogue Importer la Paire de clés, entrer le nom de votre paire de clés et copier la clé publique dans la boite Clé Publique et ensuite cliquer Importer Paire de clés." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml196(para) msgid "Save the *.pem file locally." msgstr "Sauve localement le fichier *.pem." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml198(para) msgid "" "To change its permissions so that only you can read and write to the file, " "run the following command:" msgstr "Pour modifier ses permissions afin que vous seul puissiez lire et écrire dans le fichier, exécutez la commande suivante:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml201(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml217(replaceable) msgid "yourPrivateKey" msgstr "votre Clé Privée" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml203(para) msgid "" "If you are using the dashboard from a Windows computer, use PuTTYgen to load" " the *.pem file and convert and save it as " "*.ppk. For more information see the WinSCP web page for " "PuTTYgen." msgstr "Si vous utilisez le tableau de bord depuis un ordinateur Windows, utilisez PuTTYgen pour charger le fichier *.pem ,le convertir et le sauver sous *.ppk. Pour plus d'information, voir WinSCP web page for PuTTYgen." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml215(para) msgid "To make the key pair known to SSH, run the command." msgstr "Pour rendre la paire de clés visible de SSH, lancer la commande ." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml220(para) msgid "The Compute database registers the public key of the key pair." msgstr "La base de donnée Compute enregistre la clé publique dans la paire de clés." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml222(para) msgid "" "The dashboard lists the key pair on the Access & " "Security tab." msgstr "Le tableau de bord liste les paires de clés dans l'onglet Accès & Sécurité." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml226(title) msgid "Allocate a floating IP address to an instance" msgstr "Allouer une adresse IP flottante à une instance" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml227(para) msgid "" "When an instance is created in OpenStack, it is automatically assigned a " "fixed IP address in the network to which the instance is assigned. This IP " "address is permanently associated with the instance until the instance is " "terminated." msgstr "Quand une instance est créée dans OpenStack, il lui attribuée automatiquement une adresse IP fixe dans le réseau dans laquelle l'instance est assignée. Cette adresse IP est associée de façon permanente à l'instance jusqu'à la fermeture de cette dernière." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml233(para) msgid "" "However, in addition to the fixed IP address, a floating IP address can also" " be attached to an instance. Unlike fixed IP addresses, floating IP " "addresses can have their associations modified at any time, regardless of " "the state of the instances involved. This procedure details the reservation " "of a floating IP address from an existing pool of addresses and the " "association of that address with a specific instance." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml247(para) msgid "" "Click the Floating IPs tab, which shows the floating IP" " addresses allocated to instances." msgstr "Cliquer sur l'onglet IP Flottantes, pour montrer les adresses IP flottantes allouées aux instances." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml252(para) msgid "Click Allocate IP to Project." msgstr "Cliquer Allouer une IP au Projet." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml255(para) msgid "Choose the pool from which to pick the IP address." msgstr "Choisir le groupe à partir duquel on prend les adresses IP." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml259(para) msgid "Click Allocate IP." msgstr "Cliquer Allouer une IP." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml262(para) msgid "" "In the Floating IPs list, click " "Associate." msgstr "Dans la liste IP Flottantes, cliquer Associer." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml270(para) msgid "" "The IP Address field is filled automatically, but you " "can add a new IP address by clicking the + button." msgstr "Le champ Adresse IP est rempli automatiquement mais vous pouvez ajouter une nouvelle adresse IP en cliquant sur le bouton +." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml277(para) msgid "" "In the Ports to be associated field, select a port from" " the list." msgstr "Dans le champs Ports à associer, sélectionner un port de la liste." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml280(para) msgid "The list shows all the instances with their fixed IP addresses." msgstr "La liste montre toutes les instances avec leurs adresses IP fixes." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml266(para) msgid "" "In the Manage Floating IP Associations dialog box, choose the following " "options: " msgstr "Dans la boite de dialogue Gérer les Associations IP Flottantes, choisir les options suivantes: " #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml287(para) msgid "Click Associate." msgstr "Cliquer Associer." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml291(para) msgid "" "To disassociate an IP address from an instance, click the " "Disassociate button." msgstr "Pour dissocier une adresse IP d'une instance, cliquer sur le bouton Dissocier." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_access_and_security.xml293(para) msgid "" "To release the floating IP address back into the pool of addresses, click " "the More button and select the Release " "Floating IP option." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/ch_sdk.xml8(title) msgid "OpenStack Python SDK" msgstr "OpenStack Python SDK" #: ./doc/user-guide/ch_sdk.xml10(para) msgid "" "Use the OpenStack Python Software Development Kit (SDK) to write Python " "automation scripts that create and manage resources in your OpenStack cloud." " The SDK implements Python bindings to the OpenStack API, which enables you " "to perform automation tasks in Python by making calls on Python objects " "rather than making REST calls directly. All OpenStack command-line tools are" " implemented using the Python SDK." msgstr "Utilisez le OpenStack Python Software Development Kit (SDK) pour écrire des scripts d'automatisation en Python qui créent et gèrent les ressources de votre cloud OpenStack. Le SDK implémente des liaisons Python pour l'API OpenStack, qui vous permet d'effectuer des tâches d'automatisation en Python en faisant des appels sur des objets Python plutôt que de faire des appels REST directement. Tous les outils de ligne de commande OpenStack sont mises en œuvre à l'aide du SDK Python." #: ./doc/user-guide/ch_sdk.xml17(para) msgid "You should also be familiar with:" msgstr "Vous devez également être familiarisé avec:" #: ./doc/user-guide/ch_sdk.xml20(para) msgid "RESTful web services" msgstr "Services web RESTful" #: ./doc/user-guide/ch_sdk.xml23(para) msgid "HTTP/1.1" msgstr "HTTP/1.1" #: ./doc/user-guide/ch_sdk.xml26(para) msgid "JSON and XML data serialization formats" msgstr "Formats de sérialisation des données JSON et XML" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_resizerebuild.xml7(title) msgid "Change the size of your server" msgstr "Changez la taille de votre serveur" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_resizerebuild.xml8(para) msgid "You change the size of a server by changing its flavor." msgstr "Vous changez la taille d'un serveur en changeant son type d'instance." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_resizerebuild.xml11(para) msgid "" "Show information about your server, including its size, which is shown as " "the value of the flavor property." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_resizerebuild.xml44(para) msgid "The size (flavor) of the server is m1.small (2)." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_resizerebuild.xml47(para) msgid "List the available flavors with the following command:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_resizerebuild.xml60(para) msgid "" "To resize the server, pass the server ID or name and the new flavor to the " " command. Include the --poll parameter to" " report the resize progress." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_resizerebuild.xml68(para) msgid "Show the status for your server:" msgstr "Montrer l'état de votre serveur:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_resizerebuild.xml75(para) msgid "When the resize completes, the status becomes VERIFY_RESIZE." msgstr "Quand le redimensionnement est terminé, le statut devient VERIFY_RESIZE. " #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_resizerebuild.xml78(para) msgid "Confirm the resize:" msgstr "Confirmer le redimensionnement :" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_resizerebuild.xml80(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_resizerebuild.xml86(para) msgid "The server status becomes ACTIVE." msgstr "Les statuts des serveurs deviennent ACTIVE." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_nova_resizerebuild.xml83(para) msgid "" "If the resize fails or does not work as expected, you can revert the resize:" msgstr "SI le redimensionnement échoue ou ne fonctionne pas comme prévu, vous pouvez revenir en arrière :" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml6(title) msgid "Manage objects and containers" msgstr "Gérer les objets et conteneurs" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml8(para) msgid "" "The OpenStack Object Storage service provides the client, " "which is a command-line interface (CLI). Use this client to list objects and" " containers, upload objects to containers, and download or delete objects " "from containers. You can also gather statistics and update metadata for " "accounts, containers, and objects." msgstr "Le service Stockage Objet OpenStack fournit le client , qui est une interface en ligne de commande (CLI). Utilisez ce client pour lister les objets et les conteneurs, charger les objets vers les conteneurs et télécharger ou supprimer des objets de conteneurs. Vous pouvez aussi recueillir des statistiques et mettre à jour les métadonnées pour les comptes, les conteneurs et les objets." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml14(para) msgid "" "This client is based on the native swift client library, " "client.py, which seamlessly re-authenticates if the " "current token expires during processing, retries operations multiple times, " "and provides a processing concurrency of 10." msgstr "Ce client est basé sur la bibliothèque native du client Swift, client.py, qui ré-authentifie de manière transparente si le jeton actuel expire au cours du traitement, réessaie les opérations plusieurs fois, et fournit un accès simultané de traitement de 10." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml20(title) msgid "Create and manage containers" msgstr "Créer et gérer des conteneurs" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml23(para) msgid "" "To create a container, run the following command and replace " "CONTAINER with the name of your container." msgstr "Pour créer un conteneur, exécuter la commande suivante et remplacer CONTENEUR par le nom de votre conteneur." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml28(para) msgid "To list all containers, run the following command:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml32(para) msgid "To check the status of containers, run the following command:" msgstr "Pour vérifier le status des conteneurs, exécuter la commande suivante:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml42(para) msgid "" "You can also use the command with the " "ACCOUNT or CONTAINER " "names as parameters." msgstr "Vous pouvez aussi utiliser la commande avec les noms COMPTE ou CONTENEUR comme paramètres." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml62(title) msgid "Manage access" msgstr "Gérer les accès" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml65(para) msgid "" "Users have roles on accounts. For example, a user with the admin role has " "full access to all containers and objects in an account. You can set access " "control lists (ACLs) at the container level and support lists for read and " "write access, which you set with the X-Container-Read and" " X-Container-Write headers." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml72(para) msgid "" "To give a user read access, use the command with the " "-r parameter. To give a user write access, use the " "-w parameter." msgstr "Pour donner un accès en lecture de l'utilisateur, utilisez la commande avec le paramètre -r. Pour donner un accès utilisateur d'écriture, utilisez le paramètre -w." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml76(para) msgid "" "The following example enables the testuser user to read " "objects in the container:" msgstr "L'exemple suivant permet à l'utilisateur testuser de lire des objets dans le conteneur:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml80(para) msgid "You can also use this command with a list of users." msgstr "Vous pouvez aussi utiliser les commandes avec une liste d'utilisateurs" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml84(para) msgid "" "If you use StaticWeb middleware to enable Object Storage to serve public web" " content, use .r:, followed by a list of allowed " "referrers." msgstr "Si vous utilisez StaticWeb middleware pour permettre à l'Object Storage de servir du contenu Web public, utilisez .r:, suivie d'une liste de référents autorisés." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml87(para) msgid "The following command gives object access to all referring domains:" msgstr "La commande suivante donne accès aux objets de tous les domaines référant:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml94(title) msgid "Manage objects" msgstr "Gérer les objets" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml97(para) msgid "To upload an object to a container, run the following command:" msgstr "Pour charger un objet dans un conteneur, exécuter la commande suivante:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml99(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml102(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml107(replaceable) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml127(replaceable) msgid "OBJECT_FILENAME" msgstr "NOMFICHIER_OBJET" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml100(para) msgid "To upload in chunks, for large files, run the following command:" msgstr "Pour charger par morceaux, pour les gros fichiers, exécuter la commande suivante:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml102(replaceable) msgid "CHUNK_SIZE" msgstr "TAILLE_MORCEAU" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml105(para) msgid "To check the status of the object, run the following command:" msgstr "Pour vérifier le status des objets, exécuter la commande suivante:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml120(para) msgid "To list the objects in a container, run the following command:" msgstr "Pour lister les objets du conteneur, exécuter la commande suivante:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_cli_swift_howto.xml125(para) msgid "To download an object from a container, run the following command:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml7(title) msgid "Create and manage volumes" msgstr "Créer et gérer des volumes" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml9(para) msgid "" "Volumes are block storage devices that you attach to instances to enable " "persistent storage. You can attach a volume to a running instance or detach " "a volume and attach it to another instance at any time. You can also create " "a snapshot from or delete a volume. Only administrative users can create " "volume types." msgstr "Les volumes sont des dispositifs de stockage de bloc que vous attachez à des instances pour permettre un stockage persistant. Vous pouvez attaché un volume à une instance en cours d'exécution ou détacher un volume et l'attacher à une autre instance à tout moment. Vous pouvez également créer un instantané de volume ou supprimer un volume. Seuls les administrateurs peuvent créer des types de volume." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml16(title) #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml344(title) msgid "Create a volume" msgstr "Créer un volume" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml19(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml137(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml171(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml213(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml252(para) msgid "" "Log in to the dashboard, choose a project, and click " "Volumes." msgstr "Connectez-vous au tableau de bord, choisissez un projet et cliquez Volumes." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml23(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml125(para) msgid "Click Create Volume." msgstr "Cliquer Créer un volume ." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml24(para) msgid "In the dialog box that opens, enter or select the following values." msgstr "Dans la boite de dialogue ouverte, entrer et sélectionner les valeurs suivantes." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml33(guilabel) msgid "Volume Name" msgstr "Nom du Volume" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml37(para) msgid "Specify a name for the volume." msgstr "Spécifiez un nom pour le volume." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml48(para) msgid "Optionally, provide a brief description for the volume." msgstr "Optionnellement, fournissez une courte description pour le volume." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml55(guilabel) msgid "Type" msgstr "Type" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml59(para) msgid "Leave this field blank." msgstr "Laisser ce champ vide" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml65(guilabel) msgid "Size (GB)" msgstr "Taille (Go)" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml69(para) msgid "The size of the volume in gigabytes." msgstr "La taille du volume en gigaoctets." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml76(guilabel) msgid "Volume Source" msgstr "Volume source" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml80(para) msgid "Select one of the following options:" msgstr "Sélectionnez une des options suivantes:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml83(guilabel) msgid "No source, empty volume" msgstr "Aucune source, volume vide" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml84(para) msgid "Creates an empty volume." msgstr "Crée un volume vide." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml85(para) msgid "An empty volume does not contain a file system or a partition table." msgstr "Un volume vide ne contient pas de système de fichier ou de table de partition." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml89(guilabel) msgid "Snapshot" msgstr "Instantané" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml90(para) msgid "" "If you choose this option, a new field for Use snapshot as a " "source displays. You can select the snapshot from the list." msgstr "Si vous choisissez cette option, un nouveau champ s'affiche pour Utiliser un instantané comme source. Vous pouvez sélectionner un instantané depuis la liste." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml96(guilabel) msgid "Image" msgstr "Image" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml97(para) msgid "" "If you choose this option, a new field for Use image as a " "source displays. You can select the image from the list." msgstr "Si vous choisissez cette option, un nouveau champ apparaît pour Utiliser une image comme source. Vous pouvez sélectionner une image depuis la liste." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml100(para) msgid "" "Select the Availability Zone from the list. By default," " this value is set to the availability zone given by the cloud provider (for" " example, us-west or apac-south). For " "some cases, it could be nova." msgstr "Sélectionner Zone de Disponibilité depuis la liste. Par défaut cette valeur est positionnée à la zone de disponibilité donnée par le fournisseur du cloud (par exemple, us-west ou apac-south). Dans certains cas, cela peut être nova." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml108(guilabel) msgid "Volume" msgstr "Volume" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml109(para) msgid "" "If you choose this option, a new field for Use volume as a " "source displays. You can select the volume from the list." msgstr "Si vous choisissez cette option, un nouveau champ apparaît pour Utiliser un volume comme source. Vous pouvez sélectionner un volume depuis la liste." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml115(para) msgid "" "Options to use a snapshot or a volume as the source for a volume are " "displayed only if there are existing snapshots or volumes." msgstr "Les options pour utiliser un instantané ou un volume comme source pour un volume sont affichées seulement s'ils existent des instantanés ou des volumes. " #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml128(para) msgid "" "The dashboard shows the volume on the Volumes tab." msgstr "Le tableau de bord montre le volume dans l'onglet Volumes." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml132(title) #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml374(title) msgid "Attach a volume to an instance" msgstr "Joindre un volume à l'instance" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml133(para) msgid "" "After you create one or more volumes, you can attach them to instances. You " "can attach a volume to one instance at a time." msgstr "Après avoir créer un ou plusieurs volumes, vous pouvez les joindre aux instances. Vous pouvez joindre un volume à chaque instance à chaque instant." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml141(para) msgid "" "Select the volume to add to an instance and click Edit " "Attachments." msgstr "Sélectionner le volume à ajouter l'instance et cliquer modifier les pièces joints ." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml145(para) msgid "" "In the Manage Volume Attachments dialog box, select an " "instance." msgstr "Dans la boite de dialogue Gérer les Pièces Jointes du Volume , sélectionner une instance." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml149(para) msgid "" "Enter the name of the device from which the volume is accessible by the " "instance." msgstr "Entrer le nom du périphérique à partir duquel le volume est accessible par une instance." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml152(para) msgid "" "The actual device name might differ from the volume name because of " "hypervisor settings." msgstr "Le nom du périphérique actuel peut différer du nom de volume suivant les paramètres de l'hyperviseur." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml157(para) msgid "Click Attach Volume." msgstr "Cliquer Joindre le Volume." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml158(para) msgid "" "The dashboard shows the instance to which the volume is now attached and the" " device name." msgstr "Le tableau de bord affiche l'instance à laquelle le volume est maintenant attribué et le nom du périphérique." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml162(para) msgid "" "You can view the status of a volume in the Volumes tab " "of the dashboard. The volume is either Available or In-Use." msgstr "Vous pouvez voir le statut d'un volume dans l'onglet Volumes du tableau de bord. Le volume est soit disponible où en cours d'utilisation." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml164(para) msgid "" "Now you can log in to the instance and mount, format, and use the disk." msgstr "Maintenant, vous pouvez vous connecter, formater, et utiliser le disque." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml168(title) msgid "Detach a volume from an instance" msgstr "Détacher un volume à partir d'un exemple" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml175(para) msgid "Select the volume and click Edit Attachments." msgstr "Sélectionner le volume et cliquer modifier les pièces joints ." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml178(para) msgid "Click Detach Volume and confirm your changes." msgstr "Cliquer detacher le volume et confirmer vos modifications." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml182(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml262(para) msgid "A message indicates whether the action was successful." msgstr "Un message indique quand l'action a été réussit" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml185(title) msgid "Create a snapshot from a volume" msgstr "Créer un instantané à partir du volume" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml188(para) msgid "" "Log in to the dashboard, choose a project, and click " "Volumes." msgstr "Se connecter au tableau de bord, choisir un projet et cliquer Volumes." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml192(para) msgid "Select a volume from which to create a snapshot." msgstr "Sélectionner un volume à partir duquel créer une capture instantanée" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml195(para) msgid "" "From the More list, select Create " "Snapshot." msgstr "Dans la liste Plus, sélectionner Créer un Instantané." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml199(para) msgid "" "In the dialog box that opens, enter a snapshot name and a brief description." msgstr "Dans la boite de dialogue qui s'ouvre, entrer le nom de l'instantané et une brève description." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml203(para) msgid "Confirm your changes." msgstr "Confirmer vos modifications" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml204(para) msgid "" "The dashboard shows the new volume snapshot in Volume " "Snapshots tab." msgstr "Le tableau de bord montre l'instantané du nouveau volume dans l'onglet . " #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml210(title) msgid "Edit a volume" msgstr "Éditer un volume" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml222(para) msgid "" "On the Project tab, click Volumes." msgstr "Dans l'onglet Projet, cliquer Volumes." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml229(para) msgid "" "In the Actions column, click Edit " "Volume." msgstr "Dans la colonne Actions, cliquer Éditer le Volume." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml233(para) msgid "" "In the Edit Volume dialog box, update the name and " "description of the image." msgstr "Dans la boite de dialogue Éditer le Volume, mise à jour du nom et de la description de l'image." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml237(para) msgid "Click Edit Volume." msgstr "Cliquer Éditer le Volume." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml241(para) msgid "" "You can extend a volume by using the Extend Volume " "option available in the More dropdown list and " "entering the new value for volume size." msgstr "Vous pouvez agrandir un volume en utilisant l'option Étendre le Volume disponible dans la liste déroulante Plus et en entrant la nouvelle valeur pour la taille du volume." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml247(title) msgid "Delete a volume" msgstr "Supprimez un volume" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml248(para) msgid "" "When you delete an instance, the data in its attached volumes is not " "destroyed." msgstr "Quand vous détruisez une instance, les données des volumes attachés ne sont pas supprimées." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml256(para) msgid "Select the check boxes for the volumes that you want to delete." msgstr "Sélectionner les cases à cocher correspondant aux volumes que vous voulez supprimer." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_dashboard_manage_volumes.xml260(para) msgid "Click Delete Volumes and confirm your choice." msgstr "Cliquer Supprimer les Volumes et confirmer votre choix." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_configure_instances.xml8(para) msgid "" "When working with images in the SDK, you will call " "novaclient methods." msgstr "Quand vous travaillerez avec les images du SDK, vous appellerez les méthodes novaclient." #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_configure_instances.xml12(title) msgid "Add a keypair" msgstr "Ajouter une paire de clés" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_configure_instances.xml13(para) msgid "" "To generate a keypair, call the novaclient.v1_1.keypairs.KeypairManager.create" " method:" msgstr "Pour générer une paire de clés, appelez la méthode novaclient.v1_1.keypairs.KeypairManager.create:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_configure_instances.xml23(para) msgid "The Python script output looks something like this:" msgstr "La sortie du script Python ressemble à ceci:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_configure_instances.xml31(para) msgid "" "You typically write the private key to a file to use it later. The file must" " be readable and writeable by only the file owner; otherwise, the SSH client" " will refuse to read the private key file. It is safest to create the file " "with the appropriate permissions, as shown in the following example:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_configure_instances.xml49(title) msgid "Import a keypair" msgstr "Importer une paire de clés" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_configure_instances.xml50(para) msgid "" "If you have already generated a keypair with the public key located at " "~/.ssh/id_rsa.pub, pass the contents of the file to the" " " " novaclient.v1_1.keypairs.KeypairManager.create method " "to import the public key to Compute:" msgstr "Si vous avez déjà généré une paire de clé avec la clé publique située dans ~/.ssh/id_rsa.pub, passer le contenu du fichier à la méthode novaclient.v1_1.keypairs.KeypairManager.create pour importer la clé publique vers Compute:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_configure_instances.xml64(title) msgid "List keypairs" msgstr "Liste paires de clés" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_configure_instances.xml65(para) msgid "" "To list keypairs, call the novaclient.v1_1.keypairs.KeypairManager.list" " method:" msgstr "Pour lister les paires de clés, appeler la méthode: novaclient.v1_1.keypairs.KeypairManager.list:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_configure_instances.xml74(para) msgid "" "To list security groups for the current project, call the novaclient.v_1.security_groups.SecurityGroupManager.list" " method:" msgstr "Pour lister les groupes de sécurité pour le projet en cours, appeler la méthode novaclient.v_1.security_groups.SecurityGroupManager.list: " #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_configure_instances.xml79(para) msgid "" "To create a security group with a specified name and description, call the " "novaclient.v_1.security_groups.SecurityGroupManager.create" " method:" msgstr "Pour créer un groupe de sécurité avec un nom et une description spécifiés, appeler la méthode novaclient.v_1.security_groups.SecurityGroupManager.create:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_configure_instances.xml84(para) msgid "" "To delete a security group, call the " " " "novaclient.v_1.security_groups.SecurityGroupManager.delete" " method, passing either a novaclient.v1_1.security_groups.SecurityGroup" " object or group ID as an argument:" msgstr "Pour supprimer un groupe de sécurité, appeler la méthode novaclient.v_1.security_groups.SecurityGroupManager.delete, en passant soit un objet novaclient.v1_1.security_groups.SecurityGroup ou in ID de groupe en argument:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_configure_instances.xml99(para) msgid "" "Access the security group rules from the rules attribute " "of a novaclient.v1_1.security_groups.SecurityGroup" " object:" msgstr "Accéder aux règles du groupe de sécurité à partir de l'attribut rules de l'objet novaclient.v1_1.security_groups.SecurityGroup:" #: ./doc/user-guide/section_sdk_configure_instances.xml105(para) msgid "" "To add a rule, to a security group, call the novaclient.v1_1.security_group_rules.SecurityGroupRuleManager.create" " method:" msgstr "Pour ajouter une règle à un groupe de sécurité, appeler la méthode novaclient.v1_1.security_group_rules.SecurityGroupRuleManager.create:" #. WARNING: This file is automatically generated. Do not edit it. #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml4(title) msgid "Software configuration" msgstr "Configuration du logiciel" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml5(para) msgid "" "There are a variety of options to configure the software which runs on the " "servers in your stack. These can be broadly divided into the following:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml9(para) msgid "Custom image building" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml12(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml58(title) msgid "User-data boot scripts and cloud-init" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml15(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml400(title) msgid "Software deployment resources" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml18(para) msgid "" "This section will describe each of these options and provide examples for " "using them together in your stacks." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml22(title) msgid "Image building" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml23(para) msgid "" "The first opportunity to influence what software is configured on your " "servers is by booting them with a custom-built image. There are a number of " "reasons you might want to do this, including:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml28(para) msgid "" " - since the required software is already on " "the image there is no need to download and install anything at boot time." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml32(para) msgid "" " - software downloads can fail for a " "number of reasons including transient network failures and inconsistent " "software repositories." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml36(para) msgid "" " - custom built images can be verified" " in test environments before being promoted to production." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml40(para) msgid "" " - post-boot configuration " "may depend on agents already being installed and enabled" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml44(para) msgid "A number of tools are available for building custom images, including:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml47(para) msgid "" "diskimage-builder image building tools for OpenStack" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml50(para) msgid "" "imagefactory builds images for a " "variety of operating system/cloud combinations" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml54(para) msgid "" "Examples in this guide which require custom images will use diskimage-builder." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml59(para) msgid "" "When booting a server it is possible to specify the contents of the user-" "data to be passed to that server. This user-data is made available either " "from configured config-drive or from the Metadata service." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml62(para) msgid "" "How this user-data is consumed depends on the image being booted, but the " "most commonly used tool for default cloud images is Cloud-init." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml64(para) msgid "" "Whether the image is using Cloud-init or " "not, it should be possible to specify a shell script in the user_data " "property and have it be executed by the server during boot:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml79(para) msgid "" ": debugging these scripts it is often useful to view" " the boot log using nova console-log <server-id> to" " view the progress of boot script execution." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml83(para) msgid "" "Often there is a need to set variable values based on parameters or " "resources in the stack. This can be done with the " "str_replace intrinsic function:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml105(para) msgid "" ": If a stack-update is performed and there are " "any changes at all to the content of user_data then the server will be " "replaced (deleted and recreated) so that the modified boot configuration can" " be run on a new server." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml110(para) msgid "" "When these scripts grow it can become difficult to maintain them inside the " "template, so the get_file intrinsic function can be used " "to maintain the script in a separate file:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml130(para) msgid "" ": str_replace can replace any " "strings, not just strings starting with $. However doing " "this for the above example is useful because the script file can be executed" " for testing by passing in environment variables." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml136(title) msgid "Choosing the user_data_format" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml137(para) msgid "" "The OS::Nova::Server " "user_data_format property determines how the user_data should be formatted " "for the server. For the default value HEAT_CFNTOOLS, the " "user_data is bundled as part of the heat-cfntools cloud-init boot " "configuration data. While HEAT_CFNTOOLS is the default " "for user_data_format, it is considered legacy and " "RAW or SOFTWARE_CONFIG will generally " "be more appropriate." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml143(para) msgid "" "For RAW the user_data is passed to Nova unmodified. For a" " Cloud-" "init enabled image, the following are both valid " "RAW user-data:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml165(para) msgid "" "For SOFTWARE_CONFIG user_data is bundled as part of the " "software config data, and metadata is derived from any associated Software deployment " "resources." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml170(title) msgid "Signals and wait conditions" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml171(para) msgid "" "Often it is necessary to pause further creation of stack resources until the" " boot configuration script has notified that it has reached a certain state." " This is usually either to notify that a service is now active, or to pass " "out some generated data which is needed by another resource. The resources " "OS::Heat::WaitCondition" " and OS::Heat::SwiftSignal" " both perform this function using different techniques and tradeoffs." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml177(para) msgid "" "OS::Heat::WaitCondition" " is implemented as a call to the Orchestration API resource signal. " "The token is created using credentials for a user account which is scoped " "only to the wait condition handle resource. This user is created when the " "handle is created, and is associated to a project which belongs to the " "stack, in an identity domain which is dedicated to the orchestration " "service." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml183(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml266(para) msgid "" "Sending the signal is a simple HTTP request, as with this example using " "curl:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml187(para) msgid "" "The JSON containing the signal data is expected to be of the following " "format:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml194(para) msgid "" "All of these values are optional, and if not specified will be set to the " "following defaults:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml202(para) msgid "" "If status is set to FAILURE then the " "resource (and the stack) will go into a FAILED state " "using the reason as failure reason." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml204(para) msgid "" "The following template example uses the convenience attribute " "curl_cli which builds a curl command with a valid token:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml262(para) msgid "" "OS::Heat::SwiftSignal" " is implemented by creating an Object Storage API temporary URL which is " "populated with signal data with an HTTP PUT. The orchestration service will " "poll this object until the signal data is available. Object versioning is " "used to store multiple signals." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml268(para) msgid "" "The above template example only needs to have the type " "changed to the swift signal resources:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml280(para) msgid "" "The decision to use OS::Heat::WaitCondition" " or OS::Heat::SwiftSignal" " will depend on a few factors:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml284(para) msgid "" "OS::Heat::SwiftSignal" " depends on the availability of an Object Storage API" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml288(para) msgid "" "OS::Heat::WaitCondition" " depends on whether the orchestration service has been configured with a " "dedicated stack domain (which may depend on the availability of an Identity " "V3 API)." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml293(para) msgid "" "The preference to protect signal URLs with token authentication or a secret " "webhook URL." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml299(title) msgid "Software config resources" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml300(para) msgid "" "Boot configuration scripts can also be managed as their own resources. This " "allows configuration to be defined once and run on multiple server " "resources. These software-config resources are stored and retrieved via " "dedicated calls to the Orchestration API. It is not possible to " "modify the contents of an existing software-config resource, so a stack-" "update which changes any existing software-config resource will result in " "API calls to create a new config and delete the old one." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml307(para) msgid "" "The resource OS::Heat::SoftwareConfig" " is used for storing configs represented by text scripts, for example:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml325(para) msgid "" "The resource OS::Heat::CloudConfig" " allows Cloud-" "init cloud-config to be represented as template YAML rather than a " "block string. This allows intrinsic functions to be included when building " "the cloud-config. This also ensures that the cloud-config is valid YAML, " "although no further checks for valid cloud-config are done." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml351(para) msgid "" "The resource OS::Heat::MultipartMime" " allows multiple OS::Heat::SoftwareConfig" " and OS::Heat::CloudConfig" " resources to be combined into a single Cloud-init " "multi-part message:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml401(para) msgid "" "There are many situations where it is not desirable to replace the server " "whenever there is a configuration change. The OS::Heat::SoftwareDeployment" " resource allows any number of software configurations to be added or " "removed from a server throughout its life-cycle." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml406(title) msgid "Building custom image for software deployments" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml407(para) msgid "" "OS::Heat::SoftwareConfig" " resources are used to store software configuration, and a OS::Heat::SoftwareDeployment" " resource is used to associate a config resource with one server. The " "group attribute on OS::Heat::SoftwareConfig" " specifies what tool will consume the config content." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml412(para) msgid "" "OS::Heat::SoftwareConfig" " has the ability to define a schema of inputs and which " "the configuration script supports. Inputs are mapped to whatever concept the" " configuration tool has for assigning variables/parameters." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml416(para) msgid "" "Likewise, outputs are mapped to the tool's capability to " "export structured data after configuration execution. For tools which do not" " support this, outputs can always be written to a known file path for the " "hook to read." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml419(para) msgid "" "The OS::Heat::SoftwareDeployment" " resource allows values to be assigned to the config inputs, and the " "resource remains in an IN_PROGRESS state until the server" " signals to heat what (if any) output values were generated by the config " "script." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml425(title) msgid "Custom image script" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml426(para) msgid "" "Each of the following examples requires that the servers be booted with a " "custom image. The following script uses diskimage-builder to create an image" " required in later examples:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml471(title) msgid "Configuring with scripts" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml472(para) msgid "" "The Custom image script already" " includes the heat-config-script element so the built " "image will already have the ability to configure using shell scripts." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml475(para) msgid "" "Config inputs are mapped to shell environment variables. The script can " "communicate outputs to heat by writing to the file " "$heat_outputs_path.<output name>. See the following" " example for a script which expects inputs foo, " "bar and generates an output result." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml529(para) msgid "" ": A config resource can be associated with multiple " "deployment resources, and each deployment can specify the same or different " "values for the server and input_values" " properties." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml533(para) msgid "" "As can be seen in the outputs section of the above " "template, the result config output value is available as " "an attribute on the deployment resource. Likewise the " "captured stdout, stderr and status_code are also available as attributes." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml539(title) msgid "Configuring with os-apply-config" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml540(para) msgid "" "The agent toolchain of os-collect-config, os-" "refresh-config and os-apply-config can actually" " be used on their own to inject heat stack configuration data into a server " "running a custom image." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml543(para) msgid "The custom image needs to have the following to use this approach:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml546(para) msgid "All software dependencies installed" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml549(para) msgid "" "os-" "refresh-config scripts to be executed on configuration changes" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml552(para) msgid "" "os-" "apply-config templates to transform the heat-provided config data " "into service configuration files" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml556(para) msgid "" "The projects tripleo-image-elements and tripleo-heat-templates demonstrate this approach." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml560(title) msgid "Configuring with cfn-init" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml561(para) msgid "" "Likely the only reason to use the cfn-init hook is to " "migrate templates which contain AWS::CloudFormation::Init metadata without " "needing a complete rewrite of the config metadata. It is included here as it" " introduces a number of new concepts." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml565(para) msgid "" "To use the cfn-init tool the heat-config-cfn-" "init element is required to be on the built image, so Custom image script needs to be " "modified with the following:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml570(para) msgid "" "Configuration data which used to be included in the " "AWS::CloudFormation::Init section of resource metadata is" " instead moved to the config property of the config " "resource, as in the following example:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml622(para) msgid "There are a number of things to note about this template example:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml625(para) msgid "" "OS::Heat::StructuredConfig" " is like OS::Heat::SoftwareConfig" " except that the config property contains structured YAML" " instead of text script. This is useful for a number of other configuration " "tools including ansible, salt and os-apply-config." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml632(para) msgid "" "cfn-init has no concept of inputs, so " "{get_input: bar} acts as a placeholder which gets " "replaced with the OS::Heat::StructuredDeploymentinput_values" " value when the deployment resource is created." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml638(para) msgid "" "cfn-init has no concept of outputs, so specifying " "signal_transport: NO_SIGNAL will mean that the deployment" " resource will immediately go into the CREATED state " "instead of waiting for a completed signal from the server." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml644(para) msgid "" "The template has 2 deployment resources deploying the same config with " "different input_values. The order these are deployed in " "on the server is determined by sorting the values of the " "name property for each resource (10_deployment, " "20_other_deployment)" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml652(title) msgid "Configuring with puppet" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml653(para) msgid "" "The puppet hook makes it " "possible to write configuration as puppet manifests which are deployed and " "run in a masterless environment." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml655(para) msgid "" "To specify configuration as puppet manifests the heat-config-" "puppet element is required to be on the built image, so Custom image script needs to be " "modified with the following:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_software_deployment.xml701(para) msgid "" "This demonstrates the use of the get_file function, which" " will attach the contents of the file example-puppet-" "manifest.pp, containing:" msgstr "" #. WARNING: This file is automatically generated. Do not edit it. #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/index.xml10(title) msgid "HOT guide" msgstr "" #. WARNING: This file is automatically generated. Do not edit it. #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_functions.xml4(title) msgid "HOT functions" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_functions.xml7(title) msgid "Link between resources" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_functions.xml10(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml627(title) msgid "get_param" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_functions.xml13(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml673(title) msgid "get_resource" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_functions.xml16(para) msgid "Ref" msgstr "Ref" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_functions.xml19(para) msgid "Fn::GetAtt / get_attr" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_functions.xml25(title) msgid "String manipulations" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_functions.xml28(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml587(title) msgid "get_file" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_functions.xml31(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml696(title) msgid "list_join" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_functions.xml34(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml717(title) msgid "str_replace" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_functions.xml37(para) msgid "Fn::Base64" msgstr "Fn::Base64" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_functions.xml40(para) msgid "Fn::Join" msgstr "Fn::Join" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_functions.xml43(para) msgid "Fn::Split" msgstr "Fn::Split" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_functions.xml46(para) msgid "Fn::Replace" msgstr "Fn::Replace" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_functions.xml52(title) msgid "Lookup structured data" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_functions.xml55(para) msgid "Fn::FindInMap" msgstr "Fn::FindInMap" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_functions.xml58(para) msgid "Fn::MemberListToMap" msgstr "Fn::MemberListToMap" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_functions.xml61(para) msgid "Fn::Select" msgstr "Fn::Select" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_functions.xml67(title) msgid "Misc" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_functions.xml70(para) msgid "Fn::ResourceFacade / resource_facade" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_functions.xml73(para) msgid "Fn::GetAZs" msgstr "Fn::GetAZs" #. WARNING: This file is automatically generated. Do not edit it. #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml15(title) msgid "Heat Orchestration Template (HOT) specification" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml18(title) msgid "Template structure" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml19(para) msgid "HOT templates are defined in YAML and use the following structure:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml38(term) msgid "heat_template_version" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml40(para) msgid "" "This key with value 2013-05-23 (or a later date) " "indicates that the YAML document is a HOT template of the specified version." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml45(term) #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml111(term) #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml173(term) #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml247(term) #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml507(term) msgid "description" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml47(para) msgid "" "This optional key gives a description of the template, or the workload that " "can be deployed using the template." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml52(term) msgid "parameter_groups" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml54(para) msgid "" "This section specifies how the input parameters should be grouped and the " "order to provide the parameters in." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml56(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml64(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml81(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml408(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml415(para) msgid "This section is optional." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml60(term) #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml117(term) #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_environment.xml17(literal) msgid "parameters" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml62(para) msgid "" "This section specifies input parameters that have to be provided when " "instantiating the template." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml68(term) msgid "resources" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml70(para) msgid "" "This section contains the declaration of the resources of the template. This" " section with at least one resource must be defined in any HOT template, or " "the template would not really do anything when being instantiated." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml77(term) msgid "outputs" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml79(para) msgid "" "This section specifies output parameters available to users once the " "template has been instantiated." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml88(title) msgid "Parameter groups section" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml89(para) msgid "" "The parameter_groups section specifies how the input " "parameters should be grouped and the order to provide the parameters in. " "These groups are typically used to describe expected behavior for downstream" " user interfaces." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml92(para) msgid "" "These groups are specified in a list with each group containing a list of " "associated parameters. The lists are used to denote the expected order of " "the parameters. A parameter can only be included in one group. Use the name " "of the parameter to add it to a group. The parameters details are defined in" " the parameters section." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml105(term) #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml166(term) msgid "label" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml107(para) msgid "" "A human-readable label that defines the associated group of parameters." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml113(para) msgid "A human-readable description of the parameter group." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml119(para) msgid "A list of parameters that belong with this parameter group." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml123(term) #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml151(term) msgid "param name" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml125(para) msgid "" "The name of a parameter defined in the parameters " "section." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml132(title) msgid "Parameters section" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml133(para) msgid "" "The parameters section defines input parameters that have" " to be provided when instantiating the template. Such parameters are " "typically used to customize each deployment, or for binding to environment " "specifics like certain images." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml137(para) msgid "" "Each parameter is specified in a separated nested block with the name of the" " parameter defined in the first line and additional attributes such as a " "type or a default value defined as nested elements:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml153(para) msgid "The name of the parameter." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml157(term) #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml397(term) msgid "type" msgstr "type" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml159(para) msgid "" "The type of the parameter. Supported types are string, " "number, comma_delimited_list, " "json and boolean." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml162(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml400(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml519(para) msgid "This attribute is required." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml168(para) msgid "A human readable name for the parameter." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml169(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml176(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml184(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml202(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml252(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml423(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml432(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml440(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml510(para) msgid "This attribute is optional." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml175(para) msgid "A human readable description for the parameter." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml180(term) msgid "default" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml182(para) msgid "" "A default value for the parameter. This value is used if the user doesn't " "specify his own value during deployment." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml188(term) msgid "hidden" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml190(para) msgid "" "Defines whether the parameters should be hidden when a user requests " "information about a stack created from the template. This attribute can be " "used to hide passwords specified as parameters." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml193(para) msgid "This attribute is optional and defaults to false." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml197(term) msgid "constraints" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml199(para) msgid "" "A list of constraints to apply. The constraints are validated by the " "Orchestration engine when a user deploys a stack. The stack creation fails " "if the parameter value doesn't comply to the constraints." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml206(para) msgid "" "The following example shows a minimalistic definition of two parameters:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml217(para) msgid "" "The description and the label are optional, but defining these attributes is" " good practice to provide useful information about the role of the parameter" " to the user." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml222(title) msgid "Parameter constraints" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml223(para) msgid "" "The constraints block of a parameter definition defines " "additional validation constraints that apply to the value of the parameter. " "The parameter values provided by a user are validated against the " "constraints at instantiation time. The constraints are defined as a list " "with the following syntax:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml233(term) msgid "constraint type" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml235(para) msgid "" "Type of constraint to apply. The set of currently supported constraints is " "given below." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml240(term) msgid "constraint definition" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml242(para) msgid "" "The actual constraint, depending on the constraint type. The concrete syntax" " for each constraint type is given below." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml249(para) msgid "" "A description of the constraint. The text is presented to the user when the " "value he defines violates the constraint. If omitted, a default validation " "message is presented to the user." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml256(para) msgid "" "The following example shows the definition of a string parameter with two " "constraints. Note that while the descriptions for each constraint are " "optional, it is good practice to provide concrete descriptions to present " "useful messages to the user at deployment time." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml271(para) msgid "" "While the descriptions for each constraint are optional, it is good practice" " to provide concrete descriptions so useful messages can be presented to the" " user at deployment time." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml275(para) msgid "" "The following sections list the supported types of parameter constraints, " "along with the syntax for each type." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml278(title) msgid "length" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml279(para) msgid "" "The length constraint applies to parameters of type " "string. It defines a lower and upper limit for the length" " of the string value." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml281(para) msgid "The syntax of the length constraint is:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml283(para) msgid "" "It is possible to define a length constraint with only a lower limit or an " "upper limit. However, at least one of min or " "max must be specified." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml287(title) msgid "range" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml288(para) msgid "" "The range constraint applies to parameters of type " "number. It defines a lower and upper limit for the " "numeric value of the parameter." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml290(para) msgid "The syntax of the range constraint is:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml292(para) msgid "" "It is possible to define a range constraint with only a lower limit or an " "upper limit. However, at least one of min or " "max must be specified." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml294(para) msgid "" "The minimum and maximum boundaries are included in the range. For example, " "the following range constraint would allow for all numeric values between 0 " "and 10:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml299(title) msgid "allowed_values" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml300(para) msgid "" "The allowed_values constraint applies to parameters of " "type string or number. It specifies a " "set of possible values for a parameter. At deployment time, the user-" "provided value for the respective parameter must match one of the elements " "of the list." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml304(para) msgid "The syntax of the allowed_values constraint is:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml306(para) msgid "Alternatively, the following YAML list notation can be used:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml324(title) msgid "allowed_pattern" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml325(para) msgid "" "The allowed_pattern constraint applies to parameters of " "type string. It specifies a regular expression against " "which a user-provided parameter value must evaluate at deployment." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml328(para) msgid "The syntax of the allowed_pattern constraint is:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml341(title) msgid "custom_constraint" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml342(para) msgid "" "The custom_constraint constraint adds an extra step of " "validation, generally to check that the specified resource exists in the " "backend. Custom constraints get implemented by plug-ins and can provide any " "kind of advanced constraint validation logic." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml346(para) msgid "The syntax of the custom_constraint constraint is:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml348(para) msgid "" "The name attribute specifies the concrete type of custom " "constraint. It corresponds to the name under which the respective validation" " plugin has been registered in the Orchestration engine." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml361(title) msgid "Pseudo Parameters" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml362(para) msgid "" "In addition to parameters defined by a template author, the Orchestration " "module also creates two parameters for every stack that allow referential " "access to the stack's name and identifier. These parameters are named " "OS::stack_name for the stack name and " "OS::stack_id for the stack identifier. These values are " "accessible via the get_param intrinsic function, just " "like user-defined parameters." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml372(title) msgid "Resources section" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml373(para) msgid "" "The resources section defines actual resources that make " "up a stack deployed from the HOT template (for instance compute instances, " "networks, storage volumes)." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml376(para) msgid "" "Each resource is defined as a separate block in the " "resources section with the following syntax:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml390(term) #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml551(term) msgid "resource ID" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml392(para) msgid "" "A resource ID which must be unique within the resources " "section of the template." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml399(para) msgid "" "The resource type, such as OS::Nova::Server or " "OS::Neutron::Port." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml404(term) msgid "properties" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml406(para) msgid "" "A list of resource-specific properties. The property value can be provided " "in place, or via a function (see Intrinsic functions)." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml412(term) msgid "metadata" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml414(para) msgid "Resource-specific metadata." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml419(term) msgid "depends_on" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml421(para) msgid "Dependencies of the resource on one or more resources of the template." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml422(para) msgid "" "See Resource " "dependencies for details." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml427(term) msgid "update_policy" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml429(para) msgid "" "Update policy for the resource, in the form of a nested dictionary. Whether " "update policies are supported and what the exact semantics are depends on " "the type of the current resource." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml436(term) msgid "deletion_policy" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml438(para) msgid "" "Deletion policy for the resource. Which type of deletion policy is supported" " depends on the type of the current resource." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml444(para) msgid "" "Depending on the type of resource, the resource block might include more " "resource specific data." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml446(para) msgid "" "All resource types that can be used in CFN templates can also be used in HOT" " templates, adapted to the YAML structure as outlined above." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml448(para) msgid "" "The following example demonstrates the definition of a simple compute " "resource with some fixed property values:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml457(title) msgid "Resource dependencies" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml458(para) msgid "" "The depends_on attribute of a resource defines a " "dependency between this resource and one or more other resources." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml460(para) msgid "" "If a resource depends on just one other resource, the ID of the other " "resource is specified as string of the depends_on " "attribute, as shown in the following example:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml470(para) msgid "" "If a resource depends on more than one other resources, the value of the " "depends_on attribute is specified as a list of resource " "IDs, as shown in the following example:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml487(title) msgid "Outputs section" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml488(para) msgid "" "The outputs section defines output parameters that should" " be available to the user once a stack has been created. This would be, for " "example, parameters such as IP addresses of deployed instances, or URLs of " "web applications deployed as part of a stack." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml492(para) msgid "" "Each output parameter is defined as a separate block within the outputs " "section according to the following syntax:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml500(term) #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml638(term) msgid "parameter name" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml502(para) msgid "" "The output parameter name, which must be unique within the " "outputs section of a template." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml509(para) msgid "A short description of the output parameter." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml514(term) msgid "parameter value" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml516(para) msgid "" "The value of the output parameter. This value is usually resolved by means " "of a function. See Intrinsic functions for details " "about the functions." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml523(para) msgid "" "The example below shows how the IP address of a compute resource can be " "defined as an output parameter:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml532(title) msgid "Intrinsic functions" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml533(para) msgid "" "HOT provides a set of intrinsic functions that can be used inside templates " "to perform specific tasks, such as getting the value of a resource attribute" " at runtime. The following section describes the role and syntax of the " "intrinsic functions." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml538(title) msgid "get_attr" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml539(para) msgid "" "The get_attr function references an attribute of a " "resource. The attribute value is resolved at runtime using the resource " "instance created from the respective resource definition." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml542(para) msgid "The syntax of the get_attr function is:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml553(para) msgid "The resource ID for which the attribute needs to be resolved." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml554(para) msgid "" "The resource ID must exist in the resources section of " "the template." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml558(term) msgid "attribute name" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml560(para) msgid "" "The attribute name to be resolved. If the attribute returns a complex data " "structure such as a list or a map, then subsequent keys or indexes can be " "specified. These additional parameters are used to navigate the data " "structure to return the desired value." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml567(para) msgid "" "The following example demonstrates how to use the " "get_param function:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml580(para) msgid "" "In this example, if the networks attribute contained the following data:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml583(para) msgid "" "then the value of the get_attr function would resolve to " "10.0.0.1 (first item of the private " "entry in the networks map)." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml588(para) msgid "" "The get_file function returns the content of a file into " "the template. It is generally used as a file inclusion mechanism for files " "containing scripts or configuration files." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml591(para) msgid "The syntax of the get_file function is:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml593(para) msgid "" "The content key is used to look up the " "files dictionary that is provided in the REST API call. " "The Orchestration client command () is " "get_file aware and will populate the " "files dictionary with the actual content of fetched paths" " and URLs. The Orchestration client command supports relative paths and will" " transform these to the absolute URLs required by the Orchestration API." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml600(para) msgid "" "The get_file argument must be a static path or URL and " "not rely on intrinsic functions like get_param. the " "Orchestration client does not process intrinsic functions (they are only " "processed by the Orchestration engine)." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml605(para) msgid "" "The example below demonstrates the get_file function " "usage with both relative and absolute URLs:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml621(para) msgid "" "The files dictionary generated by the Orchestration " "client during instantiation of the stack would contain the following keys: *" " file:///path/to/my_instance_user_data.sh * " "http://example.com/my_other_instance_user_data.sh*" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml628(para) msgid "" "The get_param function references an input parameter of a" " template. It resolves to the value provided for this input parameter at " "runtime." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml630(para) msgid "The syntax of the get_param function is:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml640(para) msgid "" "The parameter name to be resolved. If the parameters returns a complex data " "structure such as a list or a map, then subsequent keys or indexes can be " "specified. These additional parameters are used to navigate the data " "structure to return the desired value." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml647(para) msgid "" "The following example demonstrates the use of the " "get_param function:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml663(para) msgid "" "In this example, if the instance_type and " "server_data parameters contained the following data:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml668(para) msgid "" "then the value of the property flavor would resolve to " "m1.tiny, metadata would resolve to " "{\"foo\": \"bar\"} and key_name would " "resolve to a_key." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml674(para) msgid "" "The get_resource function references another resource " "within the same template. At runtime, it is resolved to reference the ID of " "the referenced resource, which is resource type specific. For example, a " "reference to a floating IP resource returns the respective IP address at " "runtime. The syntax of the get_resource function is:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml680(para) msgid "" "The resource ID of the referenced resource is given as single parameter to " "the get_resource function." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml697(para) msgid "" "The list_join function joins a list of strings with the " "given delimiter." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml698(para) msgid "The syntax of the list_join function is:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml704(para) msgid "This resolve to the string one, two, and three." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml707(title) msgid "resource_facade" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml708(para) msgid "" "The resource_facade function retrieves data in a parent " "provider template." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml709(para) msgid "" "A provider template provides a custom definition of a resource, called its " "facade. For more information about custom templates, see . The syntax of the " "resource_facade function is:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml713(para) msgid "" "data type can be one of metadata, " "deletion_policy or update_policy." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml718(para) msgid "" "The str_replace function dynamically constructs strings " "by providing a template string with placeholders and a list of mappings to " "assign values to those placeholders at runtime. The placeholders are " "replaced with mapping values wherever a mapping key exactly matches a " "placeholder." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml722(para) msgid "The syntax of the str_replace function is:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml728(term) msgid "template" msgstr "Modèle" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml730(para) msgid "" "Defines the template string that contains placeholders which will be " "substituted at runtime." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml735(term) msgid "params" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml737(para) msgid "" "Provides parameter mappings in the form of dictionary. Each key refers to a " "placeholder used in the template attribute." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml742(para) msgid "" "The following example shows a simple use of the " "str_replace function in the outputs section of a template" " to build a URL for logging into a deployed application:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hot_spec.xml758(para) msgid "" "The following examples show the use of the str_replace " "function to build an instance initialization script:" msgstr "" #. WARNING: This file is automatically generated. Do not edit it. #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hello_world.xml15(title) msgid "Writing a hello world HOT template" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hello_world.xml16(para) msgid "" "HOT is a new template format meant to replace the CloudFormation-compatible " "format (CFN) as the native format supported by the Orchestration module over" " time. This guide is targeted towards template authors and explains how to " "write HOT templates based on examples. A detailed specification of HOT can " "be found at ." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hello_world.xml22(para) msgid "" "This section gives an introduction on how to write HOT templates, starting " "from very basic steps and then going into more and more detail by means of " "examples." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hello_world.xml26(title) msgid "A most basic template" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hello_world.xml27(para) msgid "" "The most basic template you can think of contains only a single resource " "definition using only predefined properties. For example, the template below" " could be used to deploy a single compute instance:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hello_world.xml41(para) msgid "" "Each HOT template has to include the " "heat_template_version key with value " "2013-05-23, the current HOT version. While the " "description key is optional, it is good practice to " "include some useful text that describes what users can do with the template." " In case you want to provide a longer description that does not fit on a " "single line, you can provide multi-line text in YAML, for example:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hello_world.xml50(para) msgid "" "The resources section is required and must contain at " "least one resource definition. In the above example, a compute instance is " "defined with fixed values for the key_name, " "image and flavor properties." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hello_world.xml54(para) msgid "" "All the defined elements (key pair, image, flavor) have to exist in the " "OpenStack environment where the template is used." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hello_world.xml60(title) msgid "Input parameters" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hello_world.xml61(para) msgid "" "Input parameters defined in the parameters section of a " "template allow users to customize a template during deployment. For example," " this allows for providing custom key pair names or image IDs to be used for" " a deployment. From a template author's perspective, this helps to make a " "template more easily reusable by avoiding hardcoded assumptions." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hello_world.xml66(para) msgid "" "The following example extends the previous template to provide parameters " "for the key pair, image and flavor properties of the resource:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hello_world.xml93(para) msgid "" "Values for the three parameters must be defined by the template user during " "the deployment of a stack. The get_param intrinsic " "function retrieves a user-specified value for a given parameter and uses " "this value for the associated resource property." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hello_world.xml97(para) msgid "" "For more information about intrinsic functions, see ." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hello_world.xml100(title) msgid "Providing default values" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hello_world.xml101(para) msgid "" "You can provide default values for parameters. If a user doesn't define a " "value for a parameter, the default value is used during the stack " "deployment. The following example defines a default value " "m1.small for the flavor property:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hello_world.xml112(para) msgid "" "If a template doesn't define a default value for a parameter, then the user " "must define the value, otherwise the stack creation will fail." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hello_world.xml117(title) msgid "Hiding parameters values" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hello_world.xml118(para) msgid "" "The values that a user provides when deploying a stack are available in the " "stack details and can be accessed by any user in the same tenant. To hide " "the value of a parameter, use the hidden boolean " "attribute of the parameter:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hello_world.xml129(title) msgid "Restricting user input" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hello_world.xml130(para) msgid "" "You can restrict the values of an input parameter to make sure that the user" " defines valid data for this parameter. The constraints " "property of an input parameter defines a list of constraints to apply for " "the parameter. The following example restricts the flavor" " parameter to a list of three possible values:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hello_world.xml143(para) msgid "" "The following example defines multiple constraints for a password " "definition:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hello_world.xml157(para) msgid "" "The list of supported constraints is available in the section." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hello_world.xml160(para) msgid "" "You can define multiple constraints of the same type. Especially in the case" " of allowed patterns this not only allows for keeping regular expressions " "simple and maintainable, but also for keeping error messages to be presented" " to users precise." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hello_world.xml169(title) msgid "Template outputs" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hello_world.xml170(para) msgid "" "In addition to template customization through input parameters, you can " "provide information about the resources created during the stack deployment " "to the users in the outputs section of a template. In the" " following example the output section provides the IP address of the " "my_instance resource:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hello_world.xml179(para) msgid "" "Output values are typically resolved using intrinsic function such as the " "get_attr. See for more information about intrinsic functions.." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_hello_world.xml183(para) msgid "" "See for more information about the " "outputs section." msgstr "" #. WARNING: This file is automatically generated. Do not edit it. #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml4(title) msgid "Instances" msgstr "Instances" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml11(title) msgid "Manage instances" msgstr "Gérer les instances" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml13(title) msgid "Create an instance" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml14(para) msgid "" "Use the OS::Nova::Server " "resource to create a Compute instance. The flavor " "property is the only mandatory one, but you need to define a boot source " "using one of the image or " "block_device_mapping properties." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml17(para) msgid "" "You also need to define the networks property to indicate" " to which networks your instance must connect if multiple networks are " "available in your tenant." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml19(para) msgid "" "The following example creates a simple instance, booted from an image, and " "connecting to the private network:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml31(title) msgid "Connect an instance to a network" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml32(para) msgid "" "Use the networks property of an OS::Nova::Server " "resource to define which networks an instance should connect to. Define each" " network as a YAML map, containing one of the following keys:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml38(literal) msgid "port" msgstr "port" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml41(para) msgid "" "The ID of an existing Networking port. You usually create this port in the " "same template using an OS::Neutron::Port" " resource. You will be able to associate a floating IP to this port, and the" " port to your Compute instance." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml49(literal) msgid "network" msgstr "network" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml52(para) msgid "" "The name or ID of an existing network. You don't need to create an " "OS::Neutron::Port" " resource if you use this property, but you will not be able to associate a " "floating IP with the instance interface in the template." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml59(para) msgid "" "The following example demonstrates the use of the port " "and network properties:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml86(title) msgid "Create and associate security groups to an instance" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml87(para) msgid "" "Use the OS::Neutron::SecurityGroup" " resource to create security groups." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml89(para) msgid "" "Define the security_groups property of the OS::Neutron::Port" " resource to associate security groups to a port, then associate the port to" " an instance." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml92(para) msgid "" "The following example creates a security group allowing inbound connections " "on ports 80 and 443 (web server) and associates this security group to an " "instance port:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml128(title) msgid "Create and associate a floating IP to an instance" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml129(para) msgid "" "You can use two sets of resources to create and associate floating IPs to " "instances." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml132(title) msgid "OS::Nova resources" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml133(para) msgid "" "Use the OS::Nova::FloatingIP" " resource to create a floating IP, and the OS::Nova::FloatingIPAssociation" " resource to associate the floating IP to an instance." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml136(para) msgid "" "The following example creates an instance and a floating IP, and associate " "the floating IP to the instance:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml159(title) msgid "OS::Neutron resources" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml161(para) msgid "" "The Networking service (neutron) must be enabled on your OpenStack " "deployment to use these resources." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml164(para) msgid "" "Use the OS::Neutron::FloatingIP" " resource to create a floating IP, and the OS::Neutron::FloatingIPAssociation" " resource to associate the floating IP to a port:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml192(para) msgid "" "You can also create an OS::Neutron::Port and associate that with the server " "and the floating IP. However the approach mentioned above will work better " "with stack updates." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml216(title) msgid "Enable remote access to an instance" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml217(para) msgid "" "The key_name attribute of the OS::Nova::Server " "resource defines the key pair to use to enable SSH remote access:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml227(para) msgid "" "For more information about key pairs, see the Configure access and security " "for instances section of the OpenStack user guide." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml232(title) msgid "Create a key pair" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml233(para) msgid "" "You can create new key pairs with the OS::Nova::KeyPair" " resource. Key pairs can be imported or created during the stack creation." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml235(para) msgid "" "If the public_key property is not specified, the " "Orchestration module creates a new key pair. If the " "save_private_key property is set to " "true, the private_key attribute of the" " resource holds the private key." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml238(para) msgid "" "The following example creates a new key pair and uses it as authentication " "key for an instance:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml261(title) msgid "Manage networks" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml263(title) msgid "Create a network and a subnet" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml265(para) msgid "" "The Networking service (neutron) must be enabled on your OpenStack " "deployment to create and manage networks and subnets. Networks and subnets " "cannot be created if your deployment uses legacy networking (nova-network)." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml269(para) msgid "" "Use the OS::Neutron::Net " "resource to create a network, and the OS::Neutron::Subnet" " resource to provide a subnet for this network:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml284(title) msgid "Create and manage a router" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml285(para) msgid "" "Use the OS::Neutron::Router" " resource to create a router. You can define its gateway with the " "external_gateway_info property:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml292(para) msgid "" "You can connect subnets to routers with the OS::Neutron::RouterInterface" " resource:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml302(title) msgid "Complete network example" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml303(para) msgid "The following example creates a network stack:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml306(para) msgid "A network and an associated subnet." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml309(para) msgid "A router with an external gateway." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml312(para) msgid "An interface to the new subnet for the new router." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml315(para) msgid "" "In this example, the public network is an existing shared" " network:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml342(title) msgid "Manage volumes" msgstr "Gérer des volumes" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml345(para) msgid "" "Use the OS::Cinder::Volume" " resource to create a new Block Storage volume." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml353(para) msgid "" "The volumes that you create are empty by default. Use the " "image property to create a bootable volume from an " "existing image:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml361(para) msgid "" "You can also create new volumes from another volume, a volume snapshot, or a" " volume backup. Use the source_volid, " "snapshot_id or backup_id properties to" " create a new volume from an existing source." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml364(para) msgid "For example, to create a new volume from a backup:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml370(para) msgid "" "In this example the size property is not defined because " "the Block Storage service uses the size of the backup to define the size of " "the new volume." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml375(para) msgid "" "Use the OS::Cinder::VolumeAttachment" " resource to attach a volume to an instance." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml377(para) msgid "" "The following example creates a volume and an instance, and attaches the " "volume to the instance:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml398(title) msgid "Boot an instance from a volume" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml399(para) msgid "" "Use the block_device_mapping property of the " "OS::Nova::Server " "resource to define a volume used to boot the instance. This property is a " "list of volumes to attach to the instance before its boot." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_basic_resources.xml402(para) msgid "" "The following example creates a bootable volume from an image, and uses it " "to boot an instance:" msgstr "" #. WARNING: This file is automatically generated. Do not edit it. #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_composition.xml4(title) msgid "Template composition" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_composition.xml5(para) msgid "" "When writing complex templates you are encouraged to break up your template " "into separate smaller templates. These can then be brought together using " "template resources. This is a mechanism to define a resource using a " "template, thus composing one logical stack with multiple templates." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_composition.xml9(para) msgid "" "Template resources provide a feature similar to the AWS::CloudFormation::Stack" " resource, but also provide a way to:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_composition.xml13(para) msgid "Define new resource types and build your own resource library." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_composition.xml16(para) msgid "Override the default behaviour of existing resource types." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_composition.xml19(para) msgid "To achieve this:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_composition.xml22(para) msgid "" "The Orchestration client gets the associated template files and passes them " "along in the files section of the POST " "stacks/ API request." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_composition.xml26(para) msgid "" "The environment in the Orchestration engine manages the mapping of resource " "type to template creation." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_composition.xml30(para) msgid "" "The Orchestration engine translates template parameters into resource " "properties." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_composition.xml34(para) msgid "" "The following examples illustrate how you can use a custom template to " "define new types of resources. These examples use a custom template stored " "in a my_nova.yml file:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_composition.xml53(title) msgid "Use the template filename as type" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_composition.xml54(para) msgid "" "The following template defines the my_nova.yaml file as " "value for the type property of a resource:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_composition.xml63(para) msgid "" "The key_name argument of the " "my_nova.yaml template gets its value from the " "key_name property of the new template." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_composition.xml66(para) msgid "" "The above reference to my_nova.yaml assumes it is in the " "same directory. You can use any of the following forms:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_composition.xml70(para) msgid "Relative path (my_nova.yaml)" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_composition.xml73(para) msgid "" "Absolute path (file:///home/user/templates/my_nova.yaml)" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_composition.xml76(para) msgid "" "Http URL (http://example.com/templates/my_nova.yaml)" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_composition.xml79(para) msgid "" "Https URL (https://example.com/templates/my_nova.yaml)" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_composition.xml83(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_composition.xml108(para) msgid "To create the stack run:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_composition.xml88(title) msgid "Define a new resource type" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_composition.xml89(para) msgid "" "You can associate a name to the my_nova.yaml template in " "an environment file. If the name is already known by the Orchestration " "module then your new resource will override the default one." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_composition.xml92(para) msgid "" "In the following example a new OS::Nova::Server resource " "overrides the default resource of the same name." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_composition.xml94(para) msgid "" "An env.yaml environment file holds the definition of the " "new resource:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_composition.xml98(para) msgid "" "See for more detail about environment " "files." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_composition.xml100(para) msgid "" "You can now use the new OS::Nova::Server in your new " "template:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_composition.xml113(title) msgid "Get access to nested attributes" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_composition.xml114(para) msgid "" "There are implicit attributes of a template resource. These are accessible " "as follows:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_composition.xml128(title) msgid "Making your template resource more \"transparent\"" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_composition.xml129(para) msgid "" "If you wish to be able to return the ID of one of the inner resources " "instead of the nested stack's identifier, you can add the special reserved " "output \"OS::stack_id\" to your template resource." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_composition.xml141(para) msgid "" "Now when you use \"get_resource\" from the outer template heat will use the " "nova server id and not the template resource identifier." msgstr "" #. WARNING: This file is automatically generated. Do not edit it. #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_advanced_topics.xml4(title) msgid "Advanced topics" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_advanced_topics.xml9(title) msgid "Load balancer" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_advanced_topics.xml10(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_advanced_topics.xml14(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_advanced_topics.xml18(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_advanced_topics.xml26(para) #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_advanced_topics.xml30(para) msgid "TODO" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_advanced_topics.xml13(title) msgid "Firewall" msgstr "Pare-feu" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_advanced_topics.xml17(title) msgid "VPN" msgstr "VPN" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_advanced_topics.xml23(title) msgid "Auto scaling" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_advanced_topics.xml25(title) msgid "Alarming" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_advanced_topics.xml29(title) msgid "Up scaling and down scaling" msgstr "" #. WARNING: This file is automatically generated. Do not edit it. #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_environment.xml4(title) msgid "Environments" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_environment.xml5(para) msgid "" "The environment affects the runtime behaviour of a template. It provides a " "way to override the resource implementations and a mechanism to place " "parameters that the service needs." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_environment.xml8(para) msgid "" "To fully understand the runtime behavior you have to consider what plug-ins " "are installed on the cloud you're using." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_environment.xml12(title) msgid "Environment file format" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_environment.xml13(para) msgid "The environment is a yaml text file that contains two main sections:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_environment.xml20(para) msgid "A map of key/pair values." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_environment.xml25(literal) msgid "resource_registry" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_environment.xml28(para) msgid "Definition of custom resources." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_environment.xml32(para) msgid "" "Use the -e option of the command to create a stack using " "with the environment defined in such a file." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_environment.xml34(para) msgid "" "You can also provide environment parameters as a list of key/value pairs " "using the -P option of the command." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_environment.xml36(para) msgid "" "In the following example the environment is read from the " "my_env.yaml file and an extra parameter is provided using" " the -P option:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_environment.xml42(title) msgid "Global and effective environments" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_environment.xml43(para) msgid "" "The environment used for a stack is the combination of the environment you " "use with the template for the stack, and a global environment that is " "determined by your cloud operator. An entry in the user environment takes " "precedence over the global environment. OpenStack includes a default global " "environment, but you cloud operator can add additional environment entries." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_environment.xml69(title) msgid "Define values for a template arguments" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_environment.xml70(para) msgid "" "You can define values for the template arguments in the " "parameters section of an environment file:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_environment.xml79(title) msgid "Create and override resources" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_environment.xml80(para) msgid "" "You can create or override resources in the " "resource_registry section of an environment file. The " "resource you provide in this manner must have an identifier, and references " "either other resources IDs or the URL of an existing template file." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_environment.xml84(para) msgid "" "The following example maps the new " "OS::Networking::FloatingIP resource to the existing " "OS::Nova::FloatingIP" " resource:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_environment.xml88(para) msgid "You can use wildcards to map multiple resources:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_environment.xml91(para) msgid "" "To create or override a resource with a custom resource, create a template " "file to define this resource, and provide the URL to the template file in " "the environment file:" msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_environment.xml96(para) msgid "" "The supported URL scheme are file, " "http and https." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_environment.xml98(para) msgid "" "The template file extension must be .yaml or " ".template, or it will not be treated as a custom template" " resource." msgstr "" #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_environment.xml101(para) msgid "" "You can limit the usage of a custom resource to a specific resource of the " "template:" msgstr "" #. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME , YEAR1, YEAR2 #: ./doc/user-guide/hot/section_environment.xml0(None) msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "Olivier Buisson , 2012 | Cloudwatt Team , 2013"